WO2023176470A1 - Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module - Google Patents

Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023176470A1
WO2023176470A1 PCT/JP2023/007775 JP2023007775W WO2023176470A1 WO 2023176470 A1 WO2023176470 A1 WO 2023176470A1 JP 2023007775 W JP2023007775 W JP 2023007775W WO 2023176470 A1 WO2023176470 A1 WO 2023176470A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
formula
ring
mass
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/007775
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
彰宏 原
季彦 松村
恭平 荒山
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2023176470A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023176470A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F10/00Homopolymers and copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B11/00Filters or other obturators specially adapted for photographic purposes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a composition containing an infrared absorber.
  • the present invention also relates to a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, an image display device, an infrared sensor, and a camera module using the composition.
  • CCDs charge-coupled devices
  • CMOSs complementary metal oxide semiconductors
  • These solid-state image sensors use silicon photodiodes sensitive to infrared rays in their light receiving portions. For this reason, an infrared cut filter may be provided to correct visibility.
  • Infrared cut filters are manufactured using a composition containing an infrared absorber. Squarylium compounds and the like are used as infrared absorbers.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses that a film obtained using a composition containing an infrared absorber containing a squarylium compound and an antioxidant having at least one phosphorus atom in the molecule can be used for an infrared cut filter, etc. Are listed.
  • squarylium compounds tend to have low light resistance and heat resistance. Therefore, there is room for further improvement in the light resistance and heat resistance of films obtained using compositions containing squarylium compounds.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a composition that can form a film that has excellent storage stability and excellent light resistance and heat resistance. Further, the present invention provides a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, an image display device, an infrared sensor, and a camera module.
  • the present invention provides the following.
  • ⁇ 1> Contains an infrared absorber, an anti-fading agent, and a curable compound
  • the infrared absorber includes a compound represented by formula (1), A composition in which the anti-fading agent satisfies the following conditions 1 or 2;
  • the anti-fading agent contains at least one selected from the group consisting of agents;
  • Condition 2 The anti-fading agent contains at least one selected from the group consisting of phenolic antioxidants, amine antioxidants, and singlet oxygen quenchers, and a quencher;
  • a and B each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle;
  • Ra and Rb each independently represent a substituent;
  • m1 represents an integer from 0 to mA
  • mA represents the maximum integer in which Ra can be replaced by A
  • m2 represents an integer from 0 to mB
  • mB represents the maximum integer in which Rb can be replaced by B.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a group represented by formula (Y-1); provided that at least one of Y 1 and Y 2 contains a fluorine atom; -L Y1 -R Y1 ...Formula (Y-1) In formula (Y-1), L Y1 represents -CO-, -CS-, -SO 2 -, -CONH-, -CSNH- or -COO-, and R Y1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • composition of. ⁇ 3> The composition according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein at least one of A and B in the above formula (1) is a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring.
  • the compound represented by the above formula (1) has a structure represented by formula (2-1) or formula (2-2), and is described in any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>composition;
  • the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1)
  • Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1)
  • Rs 1 represents a substituent
  • n1 represents an integer of 0 to 3
  • n2 represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • Rs 11 and Rs 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • Rs 11 and Rs 12 , Rs 11 and Rs 1 , and Rs 12 and Rs 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the compound represented by the above formula (1) has a structure represented by formula (2-1a), formula (2-1b), formula (2-1c) or formula (2-1d), The composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>;
  • the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1)
  • Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1)
  • Rs 2 to Rs 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Rs 13 and Rs 14 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • A1 to A4 each independently represent a ring containing a nitrogen atom.
  • Y 4 and Y 5 each independently represent a group represented by the above formula (Y-1); provided that at least one of Y 4 and Y 5 contains a fluorine atom;
  • Rs 5 and Rs 6 each independently represent a substituent;
  • n1a and n1b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3;
  • Rs 21 to Rs 24 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
  • Rs 21 and Rs 22 , Rs 23 and Rs 24 Rs 21 and Rs 5 , Rs 22 and Rs 5 , Rs 23 and Rs 6 , and Rs 24 and Rs 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the anti-fading agent satisfies Condition 1 above.
  • the curable compound includes a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound includes a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • ⁇ 11> The composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10>, wherein the infrared absorber contains an infrared absorber other than the compound represented by the formula (1).
  • ⁇ 12> A film obtained using the composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>.
  • An optical filter comprising the film according to ⁇ 12>.
  • ⁇ 14> A solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to ⁇ 12>.
  • ⁇ 15> An image display device including the film according to ⁇ 12>.
  • An infrared sensor comprising the film according to ⁇ 12>.
  • ⁇ 17> A camera module including the film according to ⁇ 12>.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a composition that can form a film that has excellent storage stability and excellent light resistance and heat resistance. Further, the present invention can provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, an image display device, an infrared sensor, and a camera module.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing one embodiment of an infrared sensor.
  • is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit and an upper limit.
  • the description that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group).
  • the term "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • the light used for exposure include actinic rays or radiation such as the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet rays
  • (meth)acrylate” represents acrylate and/or methacrylate
  • (meth)acrylic represents both acrylic and/or methacrylic
  • (meth)acrylate” represents acrylic and/or methacrylate.
  • Acryloyl refers to either or both of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are defined as polystyrene equivalent values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • infrared rays refer to light (electromagnetic waves) with a wavelength of 700 to 2,500 nm.
  • the total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • the term "process” is used not only to refer to an independent process, but also to include a process in which the intended effect of the process is achieved even if the process cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
  • the composition of the present invention includes an infrared absorber, an anti-fading agent, and a curable compound,
  • the infrared absorber includes a compound represented by formula (1),
  • the above anti-fading agent satisfies Condition 1 or Condition 2 below.
  • Condition 1 The above anti-fading agent contains at least one selected from the group consisting of phosphorus antioxidants and sulfur antioxidants, a phenolic antioxidant, an amine antioxidant, a quencher, and a singlet oxygen scavenger. and at least one selected from the group consisting of agents.
  • Condition 2 The anti-fading agent contains at least one selected from the group consisting of phenolic antioxidants, amine antioxidants, and singlet oxygen quenchers, and a quencher.
  • the composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability. Further, by using the composition of the present invention, a film having excellent light resistance and heat resistance can be formed. Although the detailed reason for obtaining such an effect is unknown, it is presumed to be due to the following reasons.
  • the compound represented by formula (1) contained in the composition of the present invention has a structure in which at least one of Y 1 and Y 2 contains a fluorine atom, so that it interacts with the anti-fading agent, It is presumed that the anti-fading agent is likely to be present near the compound represented by formula (1). Therefore, it is presumed that the density of the anti-fading agent around the compound represented by formula (1) can be increased in the composition or in the film.
  • the composition of the present invention can prevent the decomposition of the compound represented by formula (1) by light irradiation or the decomposition of the compound represented by formula (1) by heating.
  • composition of the present invention can suppress the generation of the above decomposed products during storage, it is presumed that as a result, the increase in viscosity of the composition during storage can be suppressed. For these reasons, it is presumed that the composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability.
  • the light resistance and heat resistance of the resulting film can be further improved.
  • the film obtained by using the composition of the present invention is a film that has excellent visible transparency and infrared shielding properties. can also be formed. Therefore, by using the composition of the present invention, a film with excellent spectral properties can be formed.
  • the composition of the present invention can be used as a composition for optical filters.
  • Types of optical filters include infrared cut filters and infrared transmission filters. Since the compound represented by formula (1) has excellent visible transparency, by using the composition of the present invention, an infrared cut filter having excellent visible transparency can be formed. Furthermore, in the infrared transmission filter, the infrared absorbing agent has the role of limiting transmitted light (infrared rays) to longer wavelengths. Since the compound represented by formula (1) has excellent visible transparency, it is easy to control the spectrum in the visible region to be blocked and the spectrum in the infrared region to be transmitted to an appropriate range.
  • the composition of the invention includes an infrared absorber.
  • the infrared absorber contained in the composition of the present invention includes a compound represented by formula (1).
  • the compound represented by formula (1) will also be referred to as a specific compound.
  • a and B each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle; Ra and Rb each independently represent a substituent; m1 represents an integer from 0 to mA, mA represents the maximum integer in which Ra can be replaced by A, m2 represents an integer from 0 to mB, and mB represents the maximum integer in which Rb can be replaced by B.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a group represented by formula (Y-1); provided that at least one of Y 1 and Y 2 contains a fluorine atom; -L Y1 -R Y1 ...Formula (Y-1) In formula (Y-1), L Y1 represents -CO-, -CS-, -SO 2 -, -CONH-, -CSNH- or -COO-, and R Y1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. represents a group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • a and B each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 6 to 48, more preferably 6 to 22, particularly preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings, It is more preferably a fused ring of 2 or 3, and particularly preferably a single ring or a fused ring with 2 fused rings.
  • the aromatic heterocycle is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • the aromatic heterocycle is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, more preferably a monocycle or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings, is more preferably a fused ring having 2 or 3 rings, and particularly preferably a single ring or a fused ring having 2 fused rings.
  • the heteroatom constituting the ring of the aromatic heterocycle include nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, and sulfur atom, with nitrogen atom and sulfur atom being preferred.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the aromatic heterocycle is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2.
  • At least one of A and B is a benzene ring, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyridine ring, an azulene ring, or a fused ring containing these rings. It is preferable.
  • Examples of the above-mentioned condensed rings include a naphthalene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, an isobenzofuran ring, a benzimidazole ring, an indole ring, an isoindole ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a thienopyrrole ring, and a pyrrolothiazole ring.
  • at least one of A and B is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
  • Ra and Rb each independently represent a substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, -ORt 1 , -CORt 1 , -COORt 1 , -OCORt 1 , -NRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCORt 1 , -CONRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCONRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCOORt 1 , -SRt 1 , -SO 2 Rt 1 , -SO 2 ORt 1 , -NHSO 2 Rt 1 and -SO 2 NRt 1 Rt 2 can be mentioned.
  • Rt 1 and Rt 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • Rt 1 and Rt 2 may be combined to form a ring
  • Rt 1 and/or Rt 2 and A may be combined to form a ring
  • Rt 1 and/or Rt 2 and B may be combined to form a ring. They may be combined to form a ring.
  • Rt 1 of -COORt 1 is hydrogen
  • the hydrogen atom may be dissociated or may be in a salt state.
  • Rt 1 of -SO 2 ORt 1 is a hydrogen atom
  • the hydrogen atom may be dissociated or may be in a salt state.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched.
  • the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group is preferably 2 to 40, more preferably 2 to 30, particularly preferably 2 to 25.
  • the alkynyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and more preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heteroatom constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the heteroaryl group is a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 18, and even more preferably 2 to 12.
  • the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
  • Ra and A may be combined to form a ring
  • Rb and B may be combined to form a ring
  • Two of the Ra's may be bonded to each other to form a ring
  • two Rb's of m2 Rb's may be bonded to each other to form a ring
  • the linking group when forming the above ring include divalent linking groups selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -O-, -NH-, alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. It will be done.
  • the alkylene group as a linking group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
  • m1 represents an integer from 0 to mA
  • mA represents the maximum integer in which Ra can be replaced by A
  • m2 represents an integer from 0 to mB
  • mB represents Rb to be replaced by B.
  • m1 and m2 are each independently preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 3, even more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, particularly preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1.
  • Ra and Rb in formula (1) are each independently -NRt 1 Rt 2 .
  • Rt 1 and Rt 2 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and from the viewpoint of light resistance, an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable, and an aryl group is preferable. More preferred.
  • Rt 1 and Rt 2 combine to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by combining Rt 1 and Rt 2 is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • the linking group is selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -O-, -NH-, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. Examples include divalent linking groups, and alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the alkylene group as a linking group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
  • the ring formed above is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • examples of the linking group include -CO-, -O-, -NH-, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and Examples include divalent linking groups selected from the group consisting of combinations thereof, and alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the alkylene group as a linking group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a group represented by formula (Y-1), and at least one of Y 1 and Y 2 has a fluorine atom.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently preferably a group represented by formula (Y-1).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by Y 1 and Y 2 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed for the substituent T described below and the groups containing a fluorine atom shown below, and a group containing a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • L Y1 in formula (Y-1) represents -CO-, -CS-, -SO 2 -, -CONH-, -CSNH- or -COO-, and -CO-, -SO 2 - or -CONH- is preferable, -CO- or -CONH- is more preferable, and -CONH- is particularly preferable.
  • R Y1 in formula (Y-1) represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R Y1 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R Y1 preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group represented by R Y1 is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 15, and even more preferably 2 to 8.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R Y1 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R Y1 is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heteroatom constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the heteroaryl group is a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 18, and even more preferably 2 to 12.
  • the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by R Y1 may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed for the substituent T described below and the groups containing a fluorine atom shown below, and a group containing a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • R Y1 in formula (Y-1) is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and is an alkyl group having a fluorine atom-containing group as a substituent or an aryl group having a fluorine atom-containing group as a substituent. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having a fluorine atom-containing group as a substituent.
  • Examples of groups containing a fluorine atom include a fluorine atom, -R F1 , -OR F1 , -SR F1 , -COR F1 , -COOR F1 , -OCOR F1 , -NR F1 R F2 , -NHCOR F1 , -CONR F1 R Examples include F2 , -NHCONR F1 R F2 , -NHCOOR F1 , -SO 2 R F1 , -SO 2 OR F1 and -NHSO 2 R F1 , with fluorine atoms, -R F1 and -COR F1 being preferred.
  • R F1 represents a hydrocarbon group containing a fluorine atom
  • R F2 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a heteroaryl group, or a hydrocarbon group containing a fluorine atom.
  • a hydrocarbon group containing a fluorine atom will also be referred to as a fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group represented by R F2 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 1 to 10, particularly preferably 1 to 5.
  • the alkyl group may be straight chain, branched, or cyclic, but straight chain or branched is preferable, and straight chain is more preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 10, particularly preferably 2 to 5.
  • the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may be straight chain, branched, or cyclic, but straight chain or branched is preferable, and straight chain is more preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group (hydrocarbon group containing a fluorine atom) represented by R F1 and R F2 includes a group in which at least a part of the hydrogen atoms of the above hydrocarbon group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and a fluoroalkyl group and a fluoroaryl group, and more preferably a fluoroalkyl group.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R F2 is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heteroatom constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the heteroaryl group is a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 18, and even more preferably 2 to 12.
  • the specific compound is preferably a compound having a structure represented by formula (2-1) or formula (2-2), and more preferably a compound having a structure represented by formula (2-1). preferable.
  • the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1)
  • Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1)
  • Rs 1 represents a substituent
  • n1 represents an integer of 0 to 3
  • n2 represents an integer of 0 to 5
  • Rs 11 and Rs 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • Rs 11 and Rs 12 , Rs 11 and Rs 1 , and Rs 12 and Rs 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the preferred range of the group represented by formula (Y-1) represented by Y 3 is the same as the above-mentioned range.
  • Examples of the substituent represented by Rs 1 include the groups listed below for the substituent T.
  • Rs 11 and Rs 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and more preferably an aryl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Further, the alkyl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12. Further, the aryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and more preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heteroatom constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the heteroaryl group preferably has a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 18, and even more preferably 2 to 12.
  • the heteroaryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
  • n1 represents an integer from 0 to 3
  • n2 represents an integer from 0 to 5.
  • n1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0.
  • n2 is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 3, even more preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
  • Rs 11 and Rs 12 , Rs 11 and Rs 1 , and Rs 12 and Rs 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding these groups to each other is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • the linking group is 2 selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -O-, -NH-, alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. Examples include a valent linking group, and an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • the alkylene group as a linking group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
  • bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1) means the bonding position with the following structure in formula (1).
  • the wavy line represents the bonding position with the structure represented by formula (2-1) or formula (2-2).
  • the specific compound is preferably a compound having a structure represented by formula (2-1a), formula (2-1b), formula (2-1c) or formula (2-1d); ), a compound having a structure represented by formula (2-1c) or formula (2-1d) is more preferable, and a compound having a structure represented by formula (2-1c) or formula (2-1d) is more preferable because it is easier to obtain better infrared shielding properties. Further, it is more preferable that the compound has a structure represented by formula (2-1d).
  • Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1)
  • Rs 2 to Rs 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Rs 13 and Rs 14 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • A1 to A4 each independently represent a ring containing a nitrogen atom.
  • Examples of the substituents represented by Rs 2 to Rs 4 include the groups listed for the substituent T described below. Details of the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by Rs 13 and Rs 14 are the same as those described for Rs 11 and Rs 12 .
  • Rs 13 and Rs 14 are preferably each independently an aryl group.
  • A1 in formula (2-1b) represents a ring containing a nitrogen atom.
  • the ring represented by A1 is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Further, a ring containing only N in the formula as a nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • Specific examples of the structure represented by formula (2-1b) include the structure represented by formula (2-1b1) and the structure represented by formula (2-1b2).
  • the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1)
  • Y 3 represents the group represented by the above formula (Y-1)
  • Rs 2 to Rs 4 are each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Rs 100 represents a substituent
  • mb1 represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • mb2 represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • mb1 or mb2 is 2 or more, two Rs 100 's may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • substituent represented by Rs 100 include the groups listed below for substituent T.
  • A2 in formula (2-1c) represents a ring containing a nitrogen atom.
  • the ring represented by A2 is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Further, a ring containing only N in the formula as a nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • Specific examples of the structure represented by formula (2-1c) include the structure represented by formula (2-1c1) and the structure represented by formula (2-1c2).
  • the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1)
  • Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1)
  • Rs 3 and Rs 4 are each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Rs 101 represents a substituent
  • mc1 represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • mc2 represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • mc1 or mc2 is 2 or more, two Rs 101 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • substituent represented by Rs 101 include the groups listed below for substituent T.
  • A3 and A4 in formula (2-1d) each independently represent a ring containing a nitrogen atom.
  • the ring represented by A3 and A4 is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Further, a ring containing only N in the formula as a nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • Specific examples of the structure represented by formula (2-1d) include the structure represented by formula (2-1d1) and the structure represented by formula (2-1d2).
  • the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1)
  • Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1)
  • Rs 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Rs 102 represents a substituent
  • md1 represents an integer of 0 to 4
  • md2 represents an integer of 0 to 6.
  • md1 or md2 is 2 or more, two Rs 102 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • substituent represented by Rs 102 include the groups listed below for substituent T.
  • the specific compound is a compound represented by formula (1a).
  • Y 4 and Y 5 each independently represent a group represented by the above formula (Y-1); provided that at least one of Y 4 and Y 5 contains a fluorine atom; Rs 5 and Rs 6 each independently represent a substituent; n1a and n1b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3; Rs 21 to Rs 24 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group; Rs 21 and Rs 22 , Rs 23 and Rs 24 , Rs 21 and Rs 5 , Rs 22 and Rs 5 , Rs 23 and Rs 6 , and Rs 24 and Rs 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • Y 4 and Y 5 in formula (1a) each independently represent a group represented by the above formula (Y-1).
  • the details of the group represented by formula (Y-1) represented by Y 4 and Y 5 are the same as described above, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • Y 4 and Y 5 in formula (1a) are each a group containing a fluorine atom.
  • R Y1 of formula (Y-1) represented by Y 4 and Y 5 of formula (1a) is an alkyl group having a fluorine atom-containing group as a substituent, or a group containing a fluorine atom is substituted. It is preferably an aryl group having a fluorine atom-containing group as a substituent, and more preferably an alkyl group having a fluorine atom-containing group as a substituent.
  • n1a and n1b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
  • the alkyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group represented by Rs 21 to Rs 24 in formula (1a) are the same as the ranges explained for Rs 11 and Rs 12 in formula (2-1) and formula (2-2). .
  • R 21 and Rs 22 , Rs 23 and Rs 24 , Rs 21 and Rs 5 , Rs 22 and Rs 5 , Rs 23 and Rs 6 , and Rs 24 and Rs 6 combine with each other to form a ring.
  • Examples of the linking group when forming the above ring include divalent linking groups selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -O-, -NH-, alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. It will be done.
  • the alkylene group as a linking group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
  • Halogen atom e.g. fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom
  • alkyl group preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkenyl group preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkynyl group preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an aryl group preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a heteroaryl group preferably a heteroaryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an amino group preferably a heteroaryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an alkoxy group preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an aryloxy group preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a heteroaryloxy group preferably a carbon Heteroary
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the specific compound is preferably present in a wavelength range of 650 nm or more, more preferably in a wavelength range of 650 to 1500 nm, even more preferably in a wavelength range of 700 to 1200 nm, and even more preferably in a wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm. It is particularly preferable that it exists in the range of .
  • Specific examples of the specific compound include, but are not limited to, the compounds described below.
  • the composition of the present invention can contain an infrared absorber (another infrared absorber) other than the specific compound mentioned above. Furthermore, by containing other infrared absorbers, it is possible to form a film that can block infrared rays in a wider wavelength range.
  • Other infrared absorbers may be dyes or pigments (particles).
  • infrared absorbers include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, and pyrromethene compounds. , azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, and the like.
  • Examples of pyrrolopyrrole compounds include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0058 of JP2009-263614A, compounds described in paragraphs 0037 to 0052 of JP2011-068731A, and compounds described in WO2015/166873A. Examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010 to 0033. Examples of squarylium compounds include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0049 of JP-A No. 2011-208101, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph number 0040 of International Publication No. 2016/181987.
  • 2012-077153 oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP-A 2006-343631, and paragraphs 0013 to 0029 of JP-A 2013-195480.
  • the vanadium phthalocyanine compound described in Patent No. 6081771 and the compound described in International Publication No. 2020/071470.
  • naphthalocyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A No. 2012-077153.
  • dithiolene metal complex include compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5733804.
  • metal oxide examples include indium tin oxide, antimony tin oxide, zinc oxide, Al-doped zinc oxide, fluorine-doped tin dioxide, niobium-doped titanium dioxide, and tungsten oxide.
  • metal borides include lanthanum boride.
  • Commercially available lanthanum boride products include LaB 6 -F (manufactured by Nippon Shinkinzoku Co., Ltd.).
  • a metal boride the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/119394 can also be used.
  • commercially available indium tin oxide products include F-ITO (manufactured by DOWA Hitech Co., Ltd.).
  • Linked squarylium compounds compounds having a pyrrole bis-type squarylium skeleton or croconium skeleton described in JP 2017-141215, dihydrocarbazole bis-type squarylium compounds described in JP 2017-082029, JP 2017-068120 Asymmetric compounds described in paragraph numbers 0027 to 0114 of the publication, pyrrole ring-containing compounds (carbazole type) described in JP 2017-067963, phthalocyanine compounds described in Patent No. 6251530, etc. are used. You can also do that.
  • tungsten oxide represented by the following formula described in paragraph number 0025 of European Patent No. 3,628,645 can also be used.
  • M 1 and M 2 represent ammonium cations or metal cations, a is 0.01 to 0.5, b is 0 to 0.5, c is 1, and d is 2.5 to 3.
  • e is 0.01 to 0.75, n is 1, 2 or 3, m is 1, 2 or 3, and R represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. represent.
  • the content of the infrared absorber is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the composition. , more preferably 3% by mass or more, particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the infrared absorber is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the content of the above-mentioned specific compound is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 1% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the upper limit of the content of the specific compound mentioned above is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the content of the other infrared absorbers is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass, and 3 to 60 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned specific compound. It is more preferably 5 to 40 parts by weight, and even more preferably 5 to 40 parts by weight.
  • compositions of the present invention include an antibrowning agent.
  • the anti-browning agent contained in the composition of the present invention satisfies Condition 1 or Condition 2 shown below, and satisfies Condition 1 shown below because it can form a film with better heat resistance.
  • Condition 1 or Condition 2 shown below
  • Condition 1 shown below because it can form a film with better heat resistance.
  • the antifading agent is at least one selected from the group consisting of phosphorus antioxidants and sulfur antioxidants, a phenolic antioxidant, an amine antioxidant, a quencher, and a singlet oxygen scavenger. At least one species selected from the group consisting of: Condition 2: The anti-fading agent contains at least one selected from the group consisting of phenolic antioxidants, amine antioxidants, and singlet oxygen quenchers, and a quencher.
  • the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 1 is a phenolic antioxidant, an amine antioxidant, a quencher, and a singlet oxygen scavenger, based on a total of 100 parts by mass of a phosphorus antioxidant and a sulfur antioxidant. It is preferable to contain 10 to 1000 parts by mass in total.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
  • One embodiment of the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 1 includes an embodiment containing 10 to 1000 parts by mass of a phenolic antioxidant based on a total of 100 parts by mass of a phosphorus antioxidant and a sulfur antioxidant. .
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
  • the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 1 is an embodiment in which the amine antioxidant is contained in an amount of 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on a total of 100 parts by mass of the phosphorus antioxidant and the sulfur antioxidant. It will be done.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
  • Another embodiment of the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 1 includes an embodiment in which the quencher is contained in an amount of 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on a total of 100 parts by mass of the phosphorus antioxidant and the sulfur antioxidant.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
  • the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 1 is an embodiment in which the singlet oxygen scavenger is contained in an amount of 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on a total of 100 parts by mass of the phosphorus antioxidant and the sulfur antioxidant. It will be done.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
  • the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 2 preferably contains a total of 10 to 1000 parts by mass of a phenolic antioxidant, an amine antioxidant, and a singlet oxygen scavenger based on 100 parts by mass of the quencher.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
  • One embodiment of the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 2 is an embodiment containing 10 to 1000 parts by mass of a phenolic antioxidant per 100 parts by mass of the quencher.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
  • Another embodiment of the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 2 includes an embodiment in which the amine antioxidant is contained in an amount of 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the quencher.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
  • Another embodiment of the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 2 is an embodiment in which the singlet oxygen quencher is contained in an amount of 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the quencher.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
  • the browning inhibitor that satisfies Condition 2 above may further contain at least one selected from the group consisting of phosphorus-based antioxidants and sulfur-based antioxidants.
  • the total content of the phosphorus-based antioxidant and the sulfur-based antioxidant is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and 200 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the quencher. It is more preferable that it is the following.
  • the lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more.
  • a preferable embodiment of the browning inhibitor used in the present invention is one in which the browning inhibitor contains a phosphorus antioxidant and a phenolic antioxidant. According to the anti-browning agent of this embodiment, a film with better light resistance and heat resistance can be formed.
  • the browning inhibitor of this embodiment preferably contains 10 to 1000 parts by mass of the phenolic antioxidant per 100 parts by mass of the phosphorus antioxidant.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
  • the browning inhibitor of this embodiment may further contain at least one selected from the group consisting of amine antioxidants, quenchers, and singlet oxygen scavengers.
  • the content of the amine antioxidant is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and preferably 200 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the phosphorus antioxidant. More preferred.
  • the lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the content of the quencher is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 200 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the phosphorous antioxidant.
  • the lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the content of the singlet oxygen scavenger is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and preferably 200 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the phosphorous antioxidant. More preferred.
  • the lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the content of the phosphorus antioxidant is 0.1 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % is preferable.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the content of the phosphorus antioxidant is preferably 1 to 1000 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the specific compound.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
  • browning inhibitor used in the present invention is one in which the browning inhibitor contains a sulfur-based antioxidant and a phenolic antioxidant.
  • the storage stability of the composition can be further improved.
  • the browning inhibitor of this embodiment preferably contains 10 to 1000 parts by mass of the phenolic antioxidant per 100 parts by mass of the sulfur-based antioxidant.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
  • the browning inhibitor of this embodiment may further contain at least one selected from the group consisting of amine antioxidants, quenchers, and singlet oxygen scavengers.
  • the content of the amine antioxidant is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and preferably 200 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the phosphorus antioxidant. More preferred.
  • the lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the content of the quencher is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 200 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the phosphorous antioxidant.
  • the lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the content of the singlet oxygen scavenger is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and preferably 200 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the phosphorous antioxidant. More preferred.
  • the lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the content of the sulfur-based antioxidant is 0.1 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % is preferable.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the content of the sulfur-based antioxidant is preferably 1 to 1000 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the specific compound.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
  • the molecular weight of the anti-browning agent used in the present invention is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and 1170 or less because it can further improve the light resistance and heat resistance of the film. More preferably.
  • phosphorus antioxidant As the phosphorus antioxidant, a compound represented by formula (b1) and a structure b1-1 obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from at least one of R b1 , R b2 and R b3 of formula (b1) are used. Examples include compounds having two or more in one molecule.
  • R b1 and R b2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a halogen atom
  • R b3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. At least two of R b1 , R b2 and R b3 may be linked via a linking group or a single bond.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R b1 to R b3 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R b1 to R b3 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group represented by R b1 and R b2 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkoxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryloxy group represented by R b1 and R b2 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aryloxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by R b1 and R b2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • examples of compounds having two or more of the above structures b1-1 in one molecule include compounds having a structure in which a plurality of the above structures b1-1 are bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. It will be done.
  • Examples of the linking group that connects the plurality of structures b1-1 are a hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NR-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, - Examples include SO 2 - and a combination of two or more of these groups.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be cyclic or acyclic. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described below.
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or fused rings.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like.
  • the molecular weight of the phosphorus antioxidant is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and even more preferably 1170 or less.
  • phosphorous antioxidants include compounds b-1 to b-6 described in Examples below.
  • Specific examples of phosphorus antioxidants include triphenyl phosphite, diisooctyl phosphite, heptakis (dipropylene glycol) triphosphite, triisodecyl phosphite, diphenyl isooctyl phosphite, and diisooctylphenyl phosphite.
  • diphenyltridecyl phosphite triisooctyl phosphite, trilauryl phosphite, diphenyl phosphite, tris(dipropylene glycol) phosphite, dioleyl hydrogen phosphite, trilauryl trithiophosphite, bis(tridecyl) phosphite , tris(isodecyl) phosphite, tris(tridecyl) phosphite, diphenyldecyl phosphite, dinonylphenyl bis(nonylphenyl) phosphite, poly(dipropylene glycol) phenyl phosphite, tetraphenyldipropyl glycol diphosphite, Trisnonylphenyl phosphite, tris(2,4-di-tert-
  • sulfur-based antioxidant As a sulfur-based antioxidant, a compound represented by formula (e1) and a structure e1-1 obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from at least one of R e1 and R e2 of formula (e1) are used in one molecule. Examples include compounds having two or more.
  • R e1 and R e2 each independently represent an alkyl group, and R e1 and R e2 may be connected via a linking group or a single bond.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R e1 and R e2 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T. For example, an alkoxy group may be mentioned.
  • examples of compounds having two or more of the above structures e1-1 in one molecule include compounds having a structure in which a plurality of the above structures e1-1 are bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. It will be done.
  • the linking group that connects the plurality of structures e1-1 is a hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NR-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, - Examples include SO 2 - and a combination of two or more of these groups.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be cyclic or acyclic. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described below.
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or fused rings.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like.
  • the molecular weight of the sulfur-based antioxidant is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and even more preferably 1170 or less.
  • sulfur-based antioxidants include compounds e-1 to e-4 described in Examples below.
  • Specific examples of sulfur-based antioxidants include tetrakis[methylene-3-(laurylthio)propionate]methane, bis(methyl-4-[3-n-alkyl(C12/C14)thiopropionyloxy]5-tert- butylphenyl) sulfide, ditridecyl-3,3'-thiodipropionate, dilauryl-3,3'-thiodipropionate, dimyristyl-3,3'-thiodipropionate, distearyl-3,3'-thio Dipropionate, lauryl/stearyl thiodipropionate, 4,4'-thiobis(6-tert-butyl-m-cresol), 2,2'-thiobis(6-tert-butyl-p-cresol), distearyl -Disulfide, 2-mercaptobenzimidazo
  • phenolic antioxidant examples include compounds represented by formulas (a1) to (a3).
  • R a1 to R a5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more
  • L a1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • n is 2 or more
  • L a1 represents an n-valent linking group.
  • at least one of R a1 to R a4 in formula (a1) is an alkyl group
  • at least one of R a2 to R a5 in formula (a2) is an alkyl group
  • R in formula (a3) is an alkyl group.
  • At least one of a2 to R a5 is an alkyl group.
  • Examples of the substituents represented by R a1 to R a5 include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
  • R a2 and R a3 are preferably an alkyl group, more preferably R a2 and R a3 are each independently an alkyl group, and R a2 and R a3 are each independently an alkyl group. It is further preferred that R a3 is each independently an alkyl group, and at least one of R a2 and R a3 is a branched alkyl group.
  • the branched alkyl group mentioned above is preferably a tert-butyl group.
  • R a3 is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably a branched alkyl group.
  • the branched alkyl group mentioned above is preferably a tert-butyl group.
  • L a1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by L a1 include the groups described for the substituent T above.
  • L a1 represents an n-valent linking group.
  • the n-valent linking group represented by L a1 includes a hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NR-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -, and , a combination of two or more of these groups.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be cyclic or acyclic. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described below.
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or fused rings.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 8, more preferably an integer of 2 to 6, and an integer of 2 to 4. More preferably.
  • the molecular weight of the phenolic antioxidant is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and even more preferably 1170 or less.
  • phenolic antioxidants include compounds a-1 to a-8 described in Examples described later, compounds described in paragraph number 0054 of International Publication No. 2019/065021, and the like.
  • Commercially available products can also be used as the phenolic antioxidant.
  • Representative examples of commercially available products include ADEKA STAB AO-20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, and 80 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
  • amine antioxidant examples include compounds represented by formulas (c1) to (c5), with compounds represented by formula (c1) being preferred.
  • R c1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an oxy radical
  • R c2 to R c5 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and n is 1 or more, and when n is 1, L c1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and when n is 2 or more, L c1 represents an n-valent linking group.
  • substituent represented by L c1 include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
  • Examples of the n-valent linking group represented by L c1 include the groups described as the n-valent linking group represented by L a1 .
  • R c1 in formula (c1) is preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an oxy radical, and more preferably an alkyl group or an oxy radical.
  • n is preferably an integer of 1 to 8, more preferably an integer of 1 to 6, and even more preferably an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R c11 and R c12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a carbamoyl group.
  • the alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, acyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group and carbamoyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
  • V c3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • R c13 to R c16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • V c4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • R c17 to R c20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • V c5 to V c8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • V c5 and V c6 may be combined to form a ring
  • V c7 and V c8 are a bond. may form a ring
  • R c21 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituents represented by V c4 to V c8 include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
  • Examples of the substituents represented by R c13 to R c21 include an alkyl group and an aryl group.
  • the molecular weight of the amine antioxidant is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and even more preferably 1170 or less.
  • amine antioxidants include compounds c-1 to c-7 described in Examples below. Commercially available amine antioxidants can also be used. Commercially available products include ADEKA STAB LA-52, LA-57, LA-72, LA-77Y, LA-77G, LA-81, LA-82, LA-87, LA-402AF, LA-502XP (ADEKA Co., Ltd.) ), TINUVIN 765, TINUVIN 770 DF, TINUVIN XT 55 FB, TINUVIN 111 FDL, TINUVIN 783 FDL, TINUVIN 791 FB (BAS (manufactured by F).
  • quencher examples of the quencher include compounds that have the effect of deactivating the excited state of an infrared absorber such as a specific compound and suppressing oxidation of the specific compound.
  • the quencher includes an electron-donating quencher and an electron-accepting quencher.
  • An electron-donating quencher is one that donates electrons to the lower energy level SOMO of the two SOMOs (single occupied molecular orbitals) of a compound in an excited state, and then receives electrons from the higher energy level SOMO of the compound. This is a compound that has the effect of deactivating a compound in an excited state to a ground state and quenching the light.
  • An electron-accepting quencher is one that receives electrons from the higher energy level SOMO of the two SOMOs (single occupied molecular orbitals) of a compound in an excited state, and then donates electrons to the lower energy level SOMO of the compound. This is a compound that has the effect of deactivating a compound in an excited state to a ground state and quenching the light.
  • Examples of the quencher include a compound represented by formula (d1), a compound represented by formula (d3), a compound represented by formula (d4), a compound represented by formula (d5), and a compound represented by formula (d6).
  • R d1 represents an alkyl group, an acyl group, a sulfonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group or a trialkylsilyl group
  • A represents a nonmetallic atom necessary to complete a 5- or 6-membered ring
  • R d2 , R d3 and R d4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an aralkyl group, an aralkoxy group, It represents an alkenyl group, an alkenoxy group, an acylamino group, a halogen atom, an alkylthio group, a diacylamino group, an arylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an acyl
  • the compound represented by formula (d1) also includes a bisspiro compound in which ring A contains a spiro atom.
  • the bisspiro compound which is a preferred form of the compound represented by formula (d1), includes a compound represented by formula (d1-1).
  • R d5 , R d6 , R d7 , and R d8 in formula (d1-1) have the same meanings as R d1 , R d2 , R d3 , and R d4 in formula (d1).
  • R d9 , R d10 , R d11 , and R d12 in formula (d1-1) are synonymous with R d1 , R d2 , R d3 , and R d4 in formula (d1).
  • R d13 , R d14 , and R d15 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. However, in R d13 and R d14 , the carbon atom directly bonded to the nitrogen atom is not substituted with an oxo group, thioxo group, or imino group.
  • R d16 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • a preferred form of the compound represented by formula (d3) is a compound represented by formula (d3-1).
  • R d17 and R d18 in formula (d3-1) each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. However, in R d17 and R d18 , the carbon atom directly bonded to the nitrogen atom is not substituted with an oxo group, thioxo group, or imino group.
  • R d19 and R d20 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • V 1 , V 2 , V 3 and V 4 each represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • L 1 , L 2 and L 3 each represent a methine group.
  • n 1 represents 0 or 1.
  • R A1 and R A2 each independently represent a hydroxy group, an amino group, an acylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a mercapto group, or an alkylthio group
  • R A1 and R A2 in formula (d4) are preferably a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group or an arylsulfonylamino group, more preferably a hydroxy group or an amino group, and even more preferably a hydroxy group.
  • R A3 to R A5 and R a each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or a carboxy group.
  • the above-mentioned 5- to 6-membered ring formed via X in formula (d4) includes a cyclopentenone ring (2-cyclopenten-1-one ring; the formed compound becomes reductin acid), a furanone ring [ 2(5H)-furanone ring], dihydropyranone ring [3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-one ring (2,3-dihydro-4H-pyrone ring), 3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran -2-one ring, 3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-6-one ring (5,6-dihydro-2-pyrone ring)], 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrone ring, and cyclopene
  • a tenone ring, a furanone ring, and a dihydropyrone ring are preferred, a furanone ring and a dihydropyrone ring are more preferred, and a furanone ring is even more preferred.
  • the compound represented by formula (d4) is preferably a compound represented by formula (d4-1), and more preferably a compound represented by formula (d4-2).
  • R a1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, which may have a substituent.
  • R a1 is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, more preferably -CH(OR a3 )CH 2 OR a2 , in which case it becomes a compound represented by formula (d4-2).
  • R a2 and R a3 in formula (d4-2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an acyl group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R a2 and R a3 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • the ring formed is preferably a 1,3-dioxolane ring.
  • the formed ring may further have a substituent.
  • one of the preferred combinations of substituents is a compound in which R a2 is an acyl group and R a3 is a hydrogen atom.
  • the acyl group may be an aliphatic acyl group or an aromatic acyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 4 to 24, and even more preferably 8 to 18.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 7 to 24, more preferably 7 to 22, and even more preferably 7 to 18.
  • Preferred acyl groups include butanoyl group, hexanoyl group, 2-ethylhexanoyl group, decanoyl group, lauroyl group, myristoyl group, palmitoyl group, stearoyl group, palmitoyl group, myristrail group, oleoyl group, benzoyl group, 4 Examples include -methylbenzoyl group and 2-methylbenzoyl group.
  • R B1 and R B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • R B3 and R B4 each independently represent a hydroxy group, an amino group, an acylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, or a mercapto group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R B1 and R B2 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group represented by R B1 and R B2 may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R B1 and R B2 preferably has 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl groups represented by R B1 and R B2 may be linear or branched. Specific examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group and an allyl group, with a vinyl group being preferred.
  • the alkyl group and alkenyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably at least one selected from a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, and a sulfo group.
  • the alkenyl group is a vinyl group, it is also preferably a vinyl group substituted with a carboxy group.
  • the aryl group represented by R B1 and R B2 preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably at least one selected from an alkyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, and a cyano group.
  • the acyl group represented by R B1 and R B2 is preferably a formyl group, an acetyl group, an isobutyryl group, or a benzoyl group.
  • the amino group represented by R B1 and R B2 includes an amino group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, and includes an amino group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, an ethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a dipropylamino group, and a phenylamino group. or N-methyl-N-phenylamino group.
  • the alkoxy group represented by R B1 and R B2 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxy group is a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R B1 and R B2 is preferably a methoxycarbonyl group.
  • the ring-constituting heteroatom is preferably an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom, and the ring structure is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • This heterocyclic group may be an aromatic heterocyclic group, a saturated heterocyclic group, or may be fused.
  • the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group is preferably a pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring group, thiophene ring, pyrazole ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring or morpholine ring.
  • R B1 and R B2 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the amino group represented by R B3 and R B4 includes an amino group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, and an amino group, an alkylamino group such as an amino group, a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, an n-butylamino group, a hydroxyethylamino group, etc. Groups are preferred.
  • the acylamino group represented by R B3 and R B4 is preferably an acetylamino group or a benzoylamino group.
  • the alkylsulfonylamino group represented by R B3 and R B4 is preferably a methylsulfonylamino group.
  • the arylsulfonylamino group represented by R B3 and R B4 is preferably a benzenesulfonylamino group or a p-toluenesulfonylamino group.
  • the alkoxycarbonylamino group represented by R B3 and R B4 is preferably a methoxycarbonylamino group. It is preferable that R B3 and R B4 are each independently a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, or an arylsulfonylamino group.
  • R d21 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R d22 and R d23 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R d24 and R d25 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • R d26 , R d27 , R d28 , and R d29 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an arylthio group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group. represents a group, and R d26 and R d27 or R d28 and R d29 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • quencher examples include compounds d-1 to d-6 described in Examples below, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0194 to 0310 of International Publication No. 2019/066043, and the like.
  • Singlet oxygen scavenger examples include compounds that have the effect of scavenging singlet oxygen.
  • Specific examples of singlet oxygen scavengers include ethylenic compounds such as tetramethylethylene and cyclopentene; amines such as diethylamine, triethylamine, 1,4-diazabicyclooctane (DABCO), and N-ethylimidazole; Fused polycyclic aromatic compounds such as naphthalene, dimethylnaphthalene, dimethoxyanthracene, anthracene, diphenylanthracene; 1,3-diphenylisobenzofuran, 1,2,3,4-traphenyl-1,3-cyclopentadiene, penta Examples include aromatic compounds such as phenylcyclopentadiene.
  • the content of the browning inhibitor is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the content of the anti-browning agent is preferably 1 to 1500 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the specific compound.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
  • the composition of the invention contains a curable compound.
  • the curable compound include polymerizable compounds, resins, and the like.
  • the resin may be a non-polymerizable resin (resin that does not have a polymerizable group) or a polymerizable resin (resin that has a polymerizable group).
  • the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, and an alkoxymethyl group.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, vinylphenyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, (meth)acryloyloxy group, (meth)acryloylamide group, etc. Allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group and (meth)acryloyloxy group are preferred, and (meth)acryloyloxy group is more preferred.
  • Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, with an epoxy group being preferred.
  • the curable compound it is preferable to use one containing at least a resin. Further, when the composition of the present invention is used as a composition for photolithography, it is preferable to use a resin and a polymerizable monomer (monomer type polymerizable compound) as the curable compound. It is more preferable to use a polymerizable monomer (monomer type polymerizable compound) having an unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • polymerizable compound examples include a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a cyclic ether group, a compound having a methylol group, a compound having an alkoxymethyl group, and the like.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound.
  • a compound having a cyclic ether group can be preferably used as a cationically polymerizable compound.
  • resin-type polymerizable compounds include resins containing repeating units having polymerizable groups.
  • the molecular weight of the monomer-type polymerizable compound is preferably less than 2,000, more preferably 1,500 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound.
  • Specific examples include paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP 2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP 2013-029760, paragraph 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970, and JP 2013-253224. Described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of the publication, paragraph number 0477 of JP 2012-208494, JP 2017-048367, JP 6057891, JP 6031807, JP 2017-194662. , the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available product: KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available)
  • Examples of commercially available products include KAYARAD D-320 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) ) acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; NK ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the (meth)acryloyl group
  • diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei
  • pentaerythritol tetraacrylate Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • NK ester A-TMMT 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate
  • RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • Aronix TO-2349 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • NK Oligo UA-7200 Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropanepropylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropaneethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide. It is also preferable to use trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as modified tri(meth)acrylate and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate. Commercially available trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, M-305.
  • M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Examples include.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may further have an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used.
  • the description in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP-A No. 2013-253224 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Examples of compounds having a caprolactone structure include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120, which are commercially available as a series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group can also be used.
  • Such a compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group and/or a propyleneoxy group, and preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group. More preferably, it is a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups.
  • SR-494 a tetrafunctional (meth)acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer, and trifunctional (meth)acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • examples include KAYARAD TPA-330.
  • a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used.
  • Commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group it is also preferable to use a compound substantially free of environmentally regulated substances such as toluene.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • Examples of the compound having a cyclic ether group include a compound having an epoxy group, a compound having an oxetanyl group, etc., and a compound having an epoxy group is preferable.
  • Examples of compounds having epoxy groups include compounds having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the upper limit of the number of epoxy groups can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • the lower limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably 2 or more.
  • the compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low molecular compound (for example, molecular weight less than 1000) or a macromolecule (for example, molecular weight 1000 or more, in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the cyclic ether group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
  • Examples of compounds having a cyclic ether group include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP-A No. 2013-011869, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, and JP-A No. 2014. Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0085 to 0092 of JP-A-089408 and compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used.
  • Examples of compounds having a methylol group include compounds in which a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring.
  • Examples of compounds having an alkoxymethyl group include compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring.
  • Compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom include alkoxymethylated melamine, methylolated melamine, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, methylolated benzoguanamine, alkoxymethylated glycoluril, methylolated glycoluril, alkoxymethylated Preferred are urea and methylolated urea. Further, compounds described in paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A No. 2004-295116 and paragraphs 0095 to 0126 of JP-A No. 2014-089408 can also be used.
  • the composition of the present invention can use a resin as a curable compound. It is preferable to use a curable compound containing at least a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for dispersing pigments and the like in the composition or for use as a binder.
  • a resin used mainly for dispersing pigments and the like in a composition is also referred to as a dispersant.
  • this use of the resin is just one example, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than this use.
  • the resin having a polymerizable group also corresponds to a polymerizable compound.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
  • resins include (meth)acrylic resin, epoxy resin, ene thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, Examples include polyamide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, vinyl acetate resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, and polyurea resin. One type of these resins may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • norbornene resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance.
  • Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series manufactured by JSR Corporation (eg, ARTON F4520).
  • the resins include the resin described in the examples of International Publication No. 2016/088645, the resin described in JP 2017-057265, the resin described in JP 2017-032685, and the resin described in JP 2017-032685.
  • a resin having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used.
  • the description in US Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0102610 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • examples of the resin include resins described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP2020-186373A, alkali-soluble resins described in JP2020-186325A, and Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339.
  • a resin represented by Formula 1 can also be used.
  • a resin having acid groups examples include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. The number of these acid groups may be one, or two or more.
  • a resin having an acid group can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
  • a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimer") is used. It is also preferable to include.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the description in JP-A No. 2010-168539 can be referred to.
  • paragraph number 0317 of JP-A-2013-029760 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15.
  • the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol.
  • Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the resin contains a resin as a dispersant.
  • the dispersant include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol % or more when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %.
  • the acid group that the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) has is preferably a carboxy group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g.
  • the basic dispersant refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
  • the basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group that the basic dispersant has is preferably an amino group.
  • the resin used as a dispersant is a graft resin.
  • the descriptions in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP-A No. 2012-255128 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the resin used as a dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the polyimine dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less, a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain.
  • the resin has The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits basicity.
  • the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP-A-2012-255128 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • the resin used as the dispersant has a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion.
  • resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers).
  • specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraph numbers 0196 to 0209 of JP-A No. 2013-043962.
  • the resin used as a dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and more preferably 20 to 70 mol% of the total repeating units of the resin. More preferably, it is mol%.
  • resins described in JP 2018-087939, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraph numbers 0219 to 0221 of Patent No. 6432077, Polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain as described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, block copolymer as described in International Publication No. 2019/125940, block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit as described in JP-A No. 2020-066687 , a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A No. 2020-066688, etc. can also be used.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples include the DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie, the SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Japan Lubrizol, the Efka series manufactured by BASF, and Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd. Examples include the Ajisper series manufactured by Manufacturer. Further, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP 2012-137564A and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP 2017-194662A can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the content of the curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, even more preferably 7% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 94% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, even more preferably 85% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 1 to 85% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is 1 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the composition. % is preferred.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin is preferably 1 to 85% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, even more preferably 7% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, even more preferably 70% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned specific dye.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 75 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
  • composition of the present invention may contain only one type of curable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of curable compounds are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent include water and organic solvents, with organic solvents being preferred.
  • the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.
  • paragraph number 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Ester solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol Acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N
  • aromatic hydrocarbons benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.
  • organic solvents for environmental reasons (for example, 50 mass ppm (parts) based on the total amount of organic solvents). per million), 10 mass ppm or less, and 1 mass ppm or less).
  • an organic solvent with a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, for example. If necessary, an organic solvent at a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, November 13, 2015).
  • Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one type of isomer may be included, or multiple types may be included.
  • the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is 0.8 mmol/L or less, and it is more preferable that the organic solvent contains substantially no peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the composition is preferably 10 to 97% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 50% by mass or more, even more preferably 60% by mass or more, and 70% by mass. It is particularly preferable that it is above.
  • the upper limit is preferably 96% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less.
  • the composition may contain only one kind of solvent, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet to visible range are preferred.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator.
  • photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds with a triazine skeleton, compounds with an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, and the like.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds with a triazine skeleton, compounds with an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds e.g., acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, and the like.
  • photopolymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, and hexaarylbylene compounds.
  • imidazole compounds onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds, oxime compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketones
  • the compound is more preferably a compound selected from a compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound.
  • photopolymerization initiators compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No.
  • hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole, etc. can be mentioned.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, and Irgacure 1. 173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all BASF (manufactured by a company).
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, and Irgacure.
  • acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF), and the like.
  • Examples of oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-080068, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166, and the compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660); C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), JP-A-2000 - Compounds described in Publication No. 066385, Compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-534797, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-019766, compounds described in Patent No. 6065596, compounds described in International Publication No.
  • oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino -1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP-A No. 2014-137466, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and the compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. It will be done.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring is also possible.
  • Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as a photopolymerization initiator.
  • oxime compounds having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A No. 2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-500852, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2013-164471. Examples include compound (C-3).
  • an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is in the form of a dimer.
  • Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249, paragraphs 0008 to 0012, and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466, Examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, and Adeka Arcles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used.
  • Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
  • photopolymerization initiator it is also possible to use an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton.
  • photopolymerization initiators include compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
  • oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably from 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably from 2000 to 300,000, and even more preferably from 5000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable that there be.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
  • a difunctional, trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a radical photopolymerization initiator two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the crystallinity decreases and the solubility in solvents and the like improves, making it difficult to precipitate over time, thereby improving the stability of the composition over time.
  • Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiators include those listed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 40% by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 35% by weight, and even more preferably 1 to 30% by weight based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types of photopolymerization initiators. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a compound having a cyclic ether group
  • the composition further contains a curing agent.
  • the curing agent include amine compounds, acid anhydride compounds, amide compounds, phenol compounds, polyhydric carboxylic acids, and thiol compounds.
  • Specific examples of the curing agent include succinic acid, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), and the like.
  • the curing agent compounds described in paragraph numbers 0072 to 0078 of JP-A No. 2016-075720 and compounds described in JP-A No.
  • the content of the curing agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by weight, and 0.1 to 6.0 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the compound having a cyclic ether group. is even more preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain an acid generator.
  • the acid generator is preferably a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with light (photoacid generator).
  • acid generators include onium salt compounds such as diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, and iodonium salts, imidosulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and ortho-nitrobenzylsulfonates, which decompose to generate acids when exposed to light.
  • Examples include sulfonate compounds such as. Types, specific compounds, and preferred examples of the acid generator include compounds described in paragraphs 0066 to 0122 of JP-A No. 2008-013646.
  • Acid generators include the WPAG series manufactured by Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. and the CPI series (CPI-100P, etc.) manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd.
  • the content of the acid generator is preferably 0.1 to 40% by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 35% by weight, and even more preferably 1 to 30% by weight based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one kind of acid generator, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • compositions of the invention can contain chromatic colorants.
  • a chromatic colorant means a colorant other than a white colorant and a black colorant.
  • the chromatic colorant is preferably a colorant having absorption in a wavelength range of 400 nm or more and less than 650 nm.
  • Chromatic colorants include red colorants, green colorants, blue colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, and orange colorants.
  • the chromatic colorant may be a pigment or a dye.
  • a pigment and a dye may be used together.
  • the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment.
  • an inorganic pigment or an organic-inorganic pigment partially substituted with an organic chromophore can also be used. By replacing inorganic pigments or organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores, hue design can be facilitated.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment using a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circular equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 pigment primary particles.
  • the primary particles of pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
  • the chromatic colorant preferably contains a pigment.
  • the content of pigment in the chromatic colorant is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, even more preferably 80% by mass or more, and even more preferably 90% by mass or more. It is particularly preferable. Examples of pigments include those shown below.
  • red pigments C. I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64 (phthalocyanine type), 65 (phthalocyanine type), 66 (phthalocyanine type), etc.
  • green pigments C. I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60 (triarylmethane type), 61 (xanthene type), etc.
  • purple pigments C. I. Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87 (monoazo type), 88 (methine type), etc. (the above are blue pigments).
  • halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments have an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms. You can also use Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720.
  • a green pigment a compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027, a phthalocyanine compound having a phosphoric acid ester as a ligand described in International Publication No. 2012/102395, a phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A No.
  • a phthalocyanine compound a phthalocyanine compound described in JP 2018-180023, a compound described in JP 2019-038958, a core-shell type dye described in JP 2020-076995, etc. can also be used.
  • an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used as the blue pigment.
  • Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph number 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
  • JP 2018-062644 The quinophthalone compound described in JP 2018-203798, the quinophthalone compound described in JP 2018-062578, and Japanese Patent No. 6432076.
  • red pigment As a red pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP 2017-201384, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0022 of Patent No. 6248838, Diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in International Publication No. 2012/102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in International Publication No. 2012/117965, naphthol azo compounds described in JP2012-229344A, Patent No. 6516119 Red pigment described in the publication, red pigment described in Patent No.
  • the descriptions in Japanese Patent No. 6561862, Japanese Patent No. 6413872, Japanese Patent No. 6281345, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-open No. 2020-026503 can be referred to. Incorporated herein.
  • the crystallite size in the plane direction corresponding to the maximum peak in the X-ray diffraction pattern among the eight planes ( ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1) of the crystal lattice planes is 140 ⁇ or less. It is also preferable to use one.
  • Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants. There are no particular restrictions on the dye, and any known dye can be used. For example, pyrazole azo dyes, anilinoazo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, and phenothiazines. Examples include pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, pyrromethene dyes, and the like.
  • Pigment multimers can also be used as chromatic colorants.
  • the dye multimer is preferably a dye that is dissolved in a solvent. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent.
  • the dye multimer in a particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A No. 2015-214682.
  • the dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less.
  • the plurality of dye structures contained in one molecule may be the same dye structure or may be different dye structures.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 6,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less.
  • Dye multimers are described in JP 2011-213925, JP 2013-041097, JP 2015-028144, JP 2015-030742, WO 2016/031442, etc. Compounds can also be used.
  • chromatic colorants include thiazole compounds described in JP-A No. 2012-158649, azo compounds described in JP-A No. 2011-184493, azo compounds described in JP-A No. 2011-145540, and azo compounds described in JP-A No. 2011-145540.
  • Triarylmethane dye polymer described in Patent No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compound described in JP 2020-117638, phthalocyanine compound described in WO 2020/174991, JP 2020-160279 The isoindoline compounds or salts thereof described in the above publication can be used.
  • the content of the chromatic colorant is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a chromatic colorant.
  • the content of the chromatic colorant in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is 0.5% by mass or less. This means that it is preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and more preferably does not contain a chromatic colorant.
  • the composition of the present invention can also contain a coloring material that transmits infrared rays and blocks visible light (hereinafter also referred to as a coloring material that blocks visible light).
  • a composition containing a coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably used as a composition for forming an infrared transmission filter.
  • the coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably a coloring material that absorbs light in the wavelength range from violet to red. Further, the coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably a coloring material that blocks light in a wavelength range of 450 to 650 nm. Further, the coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably a coloring material that transmits light with a wavelength of 900 to 1500 nm.
  • the coloring material that blocks visible light preferably satisfies at least one of the following requirements (A) and (B).
  • B Contains an organic black colorant.
  • Examples of the chromatic colorant include those mentioned above.
  • Examples of the organic black colorant include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, with bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds being preferred.
  • Examples of bisbenzofuranone compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-534726, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-515233, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-515234, and for example, as "Irgaphor Black" manufactured by BASF. available.
  • Examples of perylene compounds include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0020 of JP-A No. 2017-226821, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32, etc.
  • Examples of the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601 and JP-A-02-034664, and are available as "Chromofine Black A1103" manufactured by Dainichiseika Kaisha, Ltd., for example.
  • examples of the combination of chromatic colorants include the following embodiments (1) to (8).
  • An embodiment containing a green colorant, a blue colorant, a purple colorant, and a red colorant An embodiment containing a green colorant, a blue colorant, a purple colorant, and a red colorant.
  • Embodiment containing a purple colorant and an orange colorant Embodiment containing a green colorant, a purple colorant, and a red colorant.
  • Embodiment containing a green colorant and a red colorant Embodiment containing a green colorant and a red colorant.
  • the content of the colorant that blocks visible light is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, even more preferably 20% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or more.
  • the composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a coloring material that blocks visible light.
  • a coloring material that blocks visible light means that the content of the colorant that blocks visible light in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is 0. This means 5% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and more preferably no coloring material that blocks visible light.
  • the composition of the invention may further contain a pigment derivative.
  • Pigment derivatives are used as dispersion aids.
  • Examples of pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton.
  • the pigment skeletons constituting the pigment derivatives include squarylium pigment skeleton, pyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, quinacridone pigment skeleton, anthraquinone pigment skeleton, dianthraquinone pigment skeleton, benzisoindole pigment skeleton, and thiazine indigo pigment skeleton.
  • examples include squarylium dye skeleton, pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, phthalocyanine dye skeleton, quinacridone dye skeleton and benzimidazolone dye skeleton, and squarylium dye skeleton and pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton are more preferable.
  • Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonamide group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof.
  • Atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, Examples include phosphonium ions.
  • As the carboxylic acid amide group a group represented by -NHCOR A1 is preferable.
  • a group represented by -NHSO 2 R A2 is preferable.
  • the imide acid group is preferably a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R A3 , -CONHSO 2 R A4 , -CONHCOR A5 or -SO 2 NHCOR A6 , and -SO 2 NHSO 2 R A3 is more preferred.
  • R A1 to R A6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R A1 to R A6 may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
  • Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and its salts, an ammonium group salt, and a phthalimidomethyl group.
  • Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
  • pigment derivatives include JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-264674, JP-A-01-217077, JP-A-03-009961, JP-A-03-026767, JP 03-153780, JP 03-045662, JP 04-285669, JP 06-145546, JP 06-212088, JP 06-240158, JP 06-240158, Examples include compounds described in JP-A No. 10-030063, JP-A-10-195326, paragraph numbers 0086 to 0098 of International Publication No. 2011/024896, and paragraph numbers 0063 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2012/102399.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 50 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the composition of the invention contains a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used.
  • the surfactant is preferably a silicone surfactant or a fluorine surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • fluorine-based surfactants examples include surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0060 to 0064 of JP 2014-041318 (corresponding paragraph numbers 0060 to 0064 of WO 2014/017669), and the like; Examples include the surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0117 to 0132 of Publication No. 132503 and the surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Commercially available fluorosurfactants include Megafac F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144.
  • fluorine-based surfactants there are also acrylic compounds that have a molecular structure with a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heated, the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatizes. It can be used suitably.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include the Megafac DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), An example is DS-21.
  • fluorinated surfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorinated surfactant.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include the fluorine-based surfactants described in JP-A No. 2016-216602, the content of which is incorporated herein.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant.
  • a fluorine-based surfactant a (meth) having a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and two or more (preferably five or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy group, propyleneoxy group)
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-containing surfactant used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example 14,000. In the above compounds, % indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%.
  • a fluoropolymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain can also be used as the fluorinated surfactant.
  • Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A No. 2010-164965, Megafac RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, Examples include RS-72-K.
  • the fluorine-based surfactant compounds described in paragraph numbers 0015 to 0158 of JP-A No. 2015-117327 can also be used.
  • a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) is also preferable to use as a surfactant.
  • m represents 1 or 2
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • a represents 1 or 2
  • X a+ represents an a-valent metal ion, a primary ammonium ion, or Represents a secondary ammonium ion, tertiary ammonium ion, quaternary ammonium ion or NH 4 + .
  • nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by Japan
  • cationic surfactant examples include tetraalkylammonium salts, alkylamine salts, benzalkonium salts, alkylpyridium salts, imidazolium salts, and the like. Specific examples include dihydroxyethylstearylamine, 2-heptadecenyl-hydroxyethylimidazoline, lauryldimethylbenzylammonium chloride, cetylpyridinium chloride, stearamidemethylpyridium chloride, and the like.
  • Anionic surfactants include dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium alkyldiphenyl ether disulfonate, sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate, sodium dialkylsulfosuccinate, sodium stearate, potassium oleate, sodium dioctyl Sulfosuccinate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfate, sodium dialkyl sulfosuccinate, sodium stearate, sodium oleate, t-octylphenoxyethoxypolyethoxyethyl Examples include sodium sulfate salt.
  • silicone surfactants examples include SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300 , TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone surfactant.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 0.5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.001 to 0.2% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one kind of surfactant, or may contain two or more kinds of surfactants. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), Examples include 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.), with p-methoxyphenol being preferred.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one kind of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more kinds of polymerization inhibitors. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a silane coupling agent.
  • a silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond through at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, mercapto groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, amino groups, ureido groups, sulfide groups, isocyanate groups, and phenyl groups. (meth)acryloyl group and epoxy group are preferred.
  • Examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0036 of JP-A No. 2009-288703, and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0056 to 0066 of JP-A No. 2009-242604, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Incorporated into the specification.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention can contain a UV absorber.
  • the ultraviolet absorber include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, dibenzoyl compounds, and the like. Specific examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP2009-217221A, paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, and paragraphs 0317 to 0317 of JP2013-068814A.
  • UV absorbers include the Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF.
  • examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Yushi (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, February 1, 2016).
  • compounds described in paragraph numbers 0049 to 0059 of Patent No. 6268967 and paragraph numbers 0059 to 0076 of International Publication No. 2016/181987 can also be used.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 25% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one type of ultraviolet absorber, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
  • composition of the present invention may optionally contain sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers, and other auxiliary agents (e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, etc.). agent, peeling accelerator, fragrance, surface tension regulator, chain transfer agent, etc.).
  • sensitizers curing accelerators
  • fillers thermosetting accelerators
  • plasticizers plasticizers
  • auxiliary agents e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, etc.
  • agent peeling accelerator
  • fragrance surface tension regulator
  • chain transfer agent etc.
  • the container for storing the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and any known container can be used.
  • any known container in order to prevent impurities from entering raw materials and compositions, we use multi-layer bottles with an inner wall made of 6 types of 6 layers of resin, and bottles with 7 layers of 6 types of resin as storage containers. It is also preferable to use Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A No. 2015-123351.
  • the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass, stainless steel, or the like for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, increasing stability of the composition over time, and suppressing deterioration of components.
  • composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the components described above.
  • the composition may be prepared by dissolving or dispersing all the components in a solvent at the same time, or if necessary, two or more solutions or dispersions containing each component may be prepared in advance.
  • the composition may be prepared by mixing these at the time of use (at the time of application).
  • the preparation of the composition may include a process of dispersing the pigment.
  • mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like.
  • pulverizing pigments in a sand mill (bead mill) it is preferable to use small-diameter beads or increase the filling rate of the beads, thereby increasing the pulverizing efficiency.
  • the process and dispersion machine for dispersing pigments are described in ⁇ Complete Works of Dispersion Technology, Published by Information Technology Corporation, July 15, 2005'' and ⁇ Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid/liquid dispersion system) and industrial
  • the process and dispersion machine described in Paragraph No. 0022 of JP 2015-157893 A, "Practical Application Comprehensive Data Collection, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be suitably used.
  • the pigment may be subjected to a finer treatment in a salt milling step. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc.
  • Bead materials used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, and glass.
  • an inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can also be used for the beads.
  • the composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the beads.
  • any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration and the like can be used without particular limitation.
  • fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon (e.g. nylon-6, nylon-6,6), polyolefin resins (high density, ultra-high molecular weight) such as polyethylene, polypropylene (PP), etc.
  • PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
  • nylon e.g. nylon-6, nylon-6,6)
  • polyolefin resins high density, ultra-high molecular weight
  • polyethylene polypropylene
  • PP polypropylene
  • filters using materials such as polyolefin resin (including polyolefin resin).
  • polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.
  • the pore diameter of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 ⁇ m. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably.
  • the pore size value of the filter reference can be made to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer.
  • various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. DFA4201NIEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.
  • Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nippon Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nippon Microlith Co., Ltd.), Kitz Microfilter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used. .
  • fibrous filter media include polypropylene fibers, nylon fibers, and glass fibers.
  • Commercially available products include the SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), the TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and the SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Loki Techno.
  • filters When using filters, different filters (for example, a first filter and a second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, filtration with each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed two or more times. Further, filters having different pore diameters within the above-mentioned range may be combined. Alternatively, only the dispersion liquid may be filtered with the first filter, and then filtered with the second filter after other components are mixed.
  • filters for example, a first filter and a second filter, etc.
  • the membrane of the present invention is obtained from the composition of the present invention described above.
  • the film of the present invention can be preferably used as an optical filter.
  • Applications of the optical filter are not particularly limited, but include infrared cut filters, infrared transmission filters, and the like.
  • Examples of the infrared cut filter include an infrared cut filter on the light receiving side of the solid-state image sensor (for example, an infrared cut filter for a wafer level lens, etc.), and an infrared cut filter on the back side of the solid-state image sensor (opposite side to the light receiving side).
  • infrared cut filters for environmental light sensors (for example, illuminance sensors that detect the illumination and color tone of the environment in which the information terminal device is placed and adjust the color tone of the display, and color correction sensors that adjust the color tone). It will be done. In particular, it can be preferably used as an infrared cut filter on the light receiving side of a solid-state image sensor. Examples of the infrared transmission filter include a filter that can block visible light and selectively transmit infrared rays having a specific wavelength or more.
  • the film of the present invention may have a pattern or may be a film without a pattern (flat film). Further, the membrane of the present invention may be used by being laminated on a support, or the membrane of the present invention may be used by being peeled off from the support. Examples of the support include semiconductor base materials such as silicon substrates and transparent base materials.
  • a charge coupled device (CCD), complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the semiconductor substrate used as the support. Further, a black matrix may be formed on the semiconductor substrate to isolate each pixel. Further, an undercoat layer may be provided on the semiconductor substrate, if necessary, for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing substance diffusion, or flattening the substrate surface.
  • CCD charge coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • transparent conductive film etc.
  • a black matrix may be formed on the semiconductor substrate to isolate each pixel.
  • an undercoat layer may be provided on the semiconductor substrate, if necessary, for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing substance diffusion, or flattening the substrate surface.
  • the transparent substrate used as the support is not particularly limited as long as it is made of a material that can transmit at least visible light.
  • Examples include base materials made of materials such as glass and resin.
  • resins include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene vinyl acetate copolymers, acrylic resins such as norbornene resins, polyacrylates, and polymethyl methacrylates, urethane resins, and vinyl chloride resins. , fluororesin, polycarbonate resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, and the like.
  • glass examples include soda lime glass, borosilicate glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, and glass containing copper.
  • glass containing copper examples include phosphate glass containing copper, fluorophosphate glass containing copper, and the like.
  • a commercially available glass containing copper can also be used. Examples of commercially available glass containing copper include NF-50 (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd.).
  • the thickness of the film of the present invention can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose.
  • the thickness of the film can be 200 ⁇ m or less, 150 ⁇ m or less, 120 ⁇ m or less, 20 ⁇ m or less, 10 ⁇ m or less, and 5 ⁇ m or less. You can also do it.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more.
  • the film of the present invention When the film of the present invention is used as an infrared cut filter, it is preferable that the film of the present invention has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 650 to 1500 nm (preferably a wavelength of 660 to 1200 nm, more preferably a wavelength of 660 to 1000 nm).
  • the average transmittance of light with a wavelength of 420 to 550 nm is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, even more preferably 80% or more, and especially 85% or more.
  • the transmittance over the entire wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, and even more preferably 80% or more.
  • the film of the present invention preferably has a transmittance of 15% or less at at least one point in the wavelength range of 650 to 1500 nm (preferably wavelength 660 to 1200 nm, more preferably wavelength 660 to 1000 nm), and preferably 10% or less.
  • the content is more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 5% or less.
  • the average absorbance in the wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm is preferably 0.30 or less, more preferably 0.20 or less, It is more preferably 0.15 or less, particularly preferably 0.10 or less.
  • the film of the present invention preferably has, for example, any one of the following spectral properties (i1) to (i3).
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in a wavelength range of 400 to 850 nm and transmit light with a wavelength exceeding 950 nm.
  • the maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and transmit light with a wavelength exceeding 1050 nm.
  • the maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm and transmit light with a wavelength exceeding 1150 nm.
  • the film of the present invention can also be used in combination with a color filter containing a chromatic colorant.
  • a color filter can be manufactured using a coloring composition containing a chromatic colorant.
  • the color filter is preferably disposed on the optical path of the film of the present invention.
  • the film of the present invention may be formed on a support different from the support on which the color filter is formed, and the film of the present invention may be formed on a support different from the support on which the color filter is formed.
  • Other members for example, microlenses, flattening layers, etc. constituting the solid-state imaging device may be interposed between the film and the color filter.
  • the film of the present invention can be used in various devices such as solid-state imaging devices such as CCDs (charge-coupled devices) and CMOSs (complementary metal oxide semiconductors), infrared sensors, and image display devices.
  • solid-state imaging devices such as CCDs (charge-coupled devices) and CMOSs (complementary metal oxide semiconductors)
  • infrared sensors and image display devices.
  • the membrane of the present invention can be manufactured through a step of applying the composition of the present invention.
  • Examples of the support include those mentioned above.
  • a method for applying the composition a known method can be used. For example, drop casting method; slit coating method; spray method; roll coating method; spin coating method; casting coating method; slit and spin method; Various methods such as inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection printing such as nozzle jet, flexo printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. Examples include printing method; transfer method using a mold etc.; nanoimprint method.
  • the application method for inkjet is not particularly limited, and for example, the method shown in "Expanding and Usable Inkjet - Infinite Possibilities Seen in Patents," Published February 2005, Sumibe Techno Research (especially from page 115). 133 pages), and methods described in JP-A No. 2003-262716, JP-A No. 2003-185831, JP-A No. 2003-261827, JP-A No. 2012-126830, JP-A No. 2006-169325, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • the composition layer formed by applying the composition may be dried (prebaked).
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower, and even more preferably 110°C or lower.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or higher, or 80°C or higher.
  • the prebake time is preferably 10 seconds to 3000 seconds, more preferably 40 to 2500 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Drying can be performed using a hot plate, oven, or the like.
  • the film manufacturing method may further include a step of forming a pattern.
  • the pattern forming method include a pattern forming method using a photolithography method and a pattern forming method using a dry etching method, and a pattern forming method using a photolithography method is preferable. Note that when the film of the present invention is used as a flat film, the step of forming a pattern may not be performed. Hereinafter, the process of forming a pattern will be described in detail.
  • the pattern forming method using the photolithography method includes a step of exposing a composition layer formed by applying the composition of the present invention to light in a pattern (exposure step), and developing and removing the unexposed portions of the composition layer. It is preferable to include a step of forming a pattern (developing step). If necessary, a step of baking the developed pattern (post-bake step) may be provided. Each step will be explained below.
  • the composition layer is exposed in a pattern.
  • the composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the composition layer to light through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. This allows the exposed portion to be cured.
  • Radiation (light) that can be used during exposure includes g-line, i-line, etc. Furthermore, light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), and KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm). Furthermore, a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • pulse exposure is an exposure method in which exposure is performed by repeating light irradiation and pauses in short cycles (for example, on the millisecond level or less).
  • the irradiation amount is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 .
  • the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being carried out in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially
  • the exposure may be performed in an oxygen-free environment (in the absence of oxygen), or in a high oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume % (for example, 22 volume %, 30 volume %, or 50 volume %).
  • the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000W/m 2 to 100000W/m 2 (for example, 5000W/m 2 , 15000W/m 2 , or 35000W/m 2 ). I can do it.
  • the oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined.
  • the illumination intensity may be 10,000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume, or 20,000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume.
  • the unexposed portions of the composition layer after exposure are removed by development to form a pattern.
  • the composition layer in the unexposed area can be removed by development using a developer.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C.
  • the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds.
  • the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
  • Examples of the developer include organic solvents and alkaline developers, and alkaline developers are preferably used.
  • an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developer) prepared by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable.
  • alkaline agents include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
  • alkaline compounds examples include alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, and sodium metasilicate.
  • alkali agent compounds with a large molecular weight are preferable from the environmental and safety viewpoints.
  • the concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass.
  • the developer may further contain a surfactant.
  • the surfactant nonionic surfactants are preferred.
  • the developing solution may be manufactured as a concentrated solution and then diluted to a required concentration before use.
  • the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set, for example, in the range of 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Further, rinsing is preferably performed by supplying a rinsing liquid to the developed composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed composition layer is formed.
  • the nozzle that discharges the rinsing liquid from the center of the support it is also preferable to move the nozzle that discharges the rinsing liquid from the center of the support to the periphery of the support.
  • the nozzle may be moved while gradually decreasing its moving speed.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-bake are post-development curing processing to complete curing.
  • the heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 240°C.
  • Post-baking can be carried out in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate, convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or high-frequency heater to maintain the developed film under the above conditions.
  • the light used for exposure is preferably light with a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • Pattern formation by the dry etching method involves applying the above composition onto a support and curing the composition layer to form a cured product layer, and then forming a patterned photoresist layer on this cured product layer. This can be carried out by forming a patterned photoresist layer as a mask, and dry etching the cured material layer using an etching gas. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to perform a prebaking process. Regarding pattern formation by the dry etching method, the descriptions in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP-A No. 2013-064993 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
  • optical filter of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above.
  • Types of optical filters include infrared cut filters and infrared transmission filters.
  • the optical filter of the invention may further include a copper-containing layer, a dielectric multilayer film, an ultraviolet absorbing layer, and the like.
  • the ultraviolet absorbing layer include the absorbing layers described in paragraph numbers 0040 to 0070 and 0119 to 0145 of International Publication No. 2015/099060.
  • the dielectric multilayer film include the dielectric multilayer films described in paragraph numbers 0255 to 0259 of JP-A No. 2014-041318.
  • a glass substrate made of glass containing copper (copper-containing glass substrate) or a layer containing a copper complex (copper complex-containing layer) can also be used.
  • Examples of the copper-containing glass substrate include phosphate glass containing copper, fluorophosphate glass containing copper, and the like.
  • Commercially available copper-containing glasses include NF-50 (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd.), BG-60, BG-61 (all manufactured by Schott Co., Ltd.), and CD5000 (manufactured by HOYA Co., Ltd.).
  • the solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the film of the present invention described above.
  • the structure of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it has the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image sensor. For example, the following configurations may be mentioned.
  • a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light-receiving area of the solid-state image sensor and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon are formed on the support body, and a transfer electrode made of tungsten or the like with only the light-receiving part of the photodiode opened above the photodiode and the transfer electrode.
  • a device protective film formed of silicon nitride or the like is formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving part.
  • the structure has a film of Furthermore, a configuration in which a light focusing means (for example, a microlens, etc., the same applies hereinafter) is provided on the device protective film and below the film of the present invention (on the side closer to the support), or a structure in which light is focused on the film of the present invention
  • a configuration having a means or the like may be used.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which a film forming each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned into, for example, a lattice shape by partition walls.
  • the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include devices described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-open Nos. 2012-227478 and 2014-179577.
  • the image display device of the present invention includes the film of the present invention.
  • Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence (organic EL) display device.
  • organic EL organic electroluminescence
  • image display devices see, for example, “Electronic Display Devices (written by Akio Sasaki, published by Industrial Research Institute Co., Ltd., 1990)” and “Display Devices (written by Junaki Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd., published in 1989). Publication)” etc.
  • liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosenkai Co., Ltd., 1994)”.
  • the image display device may include a white organic EL element.
  • the white organic EL element preferably has a tandem structure.
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-open No. 2003-045676 supervised by Akiyoshi Mikami, "The forefront of organic EL technology development - High brightness, high precision, long life, collection of know-how", Technical Information Association, It is described in pages 326-328, 2008, etc.
  • the spectrum of white light emitted by the organic EL element preferably has strong maximum emission peaks in the blue region (430 to 485 nm), green region (530 to 580 nm), and yellow region (580 to 620 nm). In addition to these emission peaks, it is more preferable to have a maximum emission peak in the red region (650 to 700 nm).
  • the infrared sensor of the present invention includes the film of the present invention described above.
  • the configuration of the infrared sensor is not particularly limited as long as it functions as an infrared sensor. EMBODIMENT OF THE INVENTION Hereinafter, one embodiment of the infrared sensor of this invention is described using drawings.
  • numeral 110 is a solid-state image sensor.
  • An infrared cut filter 111 and an infrared transmission filter 114 are arranged on the imaging area of the solid-state image sensor 110.
  • a color filter 112 is arranged on the infrared cut filter 111.
  • a microlens 115 is arranged on the incident light hv side of the color filter 112 and the infrared transmission filter 114.
  • a flattening layer 116 is formed to cover the microlens 115.
  • the infrared cut filter 111 can be formed using the composition of the present invention.
  • the color filter 112 is a color filter in which pixels that transmit and absorb light of a specific wavelength in the visible region are formed, and there is no particular limitation, and a conventionally known color filter for forming pixels can be used. For example, a color filter in which red (R), green (G), and blue (B) pixels are formed is used. For example, the descriptions in paragraph numbers 0214 to 0263 of JP-A No. 2014-043556 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • the characteristics of the infrared transmission filter 114 are selected depending on the emission wavelength of the infrared LED used.
  • the infrared transmission filter 114 can be formed using the composition of the present invention.
  • an infrared cut filter other than the infrared cut filter 111 may be further disposed on the flattening layer 116.
  • Other infrared cut filters include those having a layer containing copper and/or a dielectric multilayer film. Details of these are mentioned above.
  • a dual band pass filter may be used as another infrared cut filter.
  • the camera module of the present invention includes the membrane of the present invention described above.
  • the camera module further includes a lens and a circuit that processes images obtained from the solid-state image sensor.
  • the solid-state image sensor used in the camera module may be the solid-state image sensor according to the present disclosure described above, or may be a known solid-state image sensor.
  • the lens used in the camera module and the circuit that processes the image obtained from the solid-state image sensor known ones can be used.
  • camera modules described in JP-A No. 2016-006476 and JP-A No. 2014-197190 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • tBu represents a tert-butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • Anti-fading agent a-1 to a-8 Compounds with the following structure (phenolic antioxidants)
  • f-1 Tetramethylethylene (singlet oxygen scavenger)
  • f-2 1,3-diphenylisobenzofuran (singlet oxygen scavenger)
  • f-3 N-ethylimidazole (singlet oxygen scavenger)
  • Resin 1 Resin with the following structure (the numbers appended to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 17,000, degree of dispersion 2.3)
  • Resin 2 Resin with the following structure (the numbers added to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 9700, dispersity 1.8)
  • Resin 3 Resin with the following structure (the numbers added to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 10100, dispersity 1.7)
  • Resin 4 Resin with the following structure (the numbers appended to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 25,000, dispersity 2.2)
  • Resin 5 Resin with the following structure (the numbers appended to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 13000, degree of dispersion 2.0)
  • Resin 6 Resin with the following structure (the numbers appended to the main chain are the molar ratio
  • UV absorber UV absorber
  • UV-503 UV-503 (Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • UVinul3050 UVinul3050 (manufactured by BASF, compound with the following structure)
  • Ultraviolet absorber 3 Compound with the following structure (maximum absorption wavelength in dichloromethane: 394 nm)
  • Ultraviolet absorber 4 Tinuvin477 (manufactured by BASF, hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber)
  • Ultraviolet absorber 5 Tinuvin326 (manufactured by BASF, compound with the following structure)
  • Ultraviolet absorber 6 Compound (2)-22 (compound with the following structure) described in International Publication No.
  • Ultraviolet absorber 7 Compound (1)-46 described in International Publication No. 2021/131355 (compound with the following structure)
  • Ultraviolet absorber 8 Compound A-1 (compound with the following structure) described in International Publication No. 2021/132247
  • Ultraviolet absorber 9 NeoHeliopan357 (manufactured by Symrise, compound with the following structure)
  • Ultraviolet absorber 10 Compound with the following structure
  • Surfactant Surfactant
  • Surfactant 1 FTX-218D (manufactured by Neos, fluorine-based surfactant)
  • Surfactant 2 Compound with the following structure (weight average molecular weight 14,000, the numerical value of % indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%)
  • Surfactant 3 Megafac F-554 (manufactured by DIC Corporation, fluorine-based surfactant)
  • Photopolymerization initiator 1 IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) [2-(O-benzoyloxime)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-octanedione]
  • Photopolymerization initiator 2 Compound No. 2 described in International Publication No. 2017/169819. 1 (compound with the following structure)
  • Photopolymerization initiator 3 Compound No. 3 described in International Publication No. 2017/169819. 10 (compound with the following structure)
  • Photopolymerization initiator 4 Compound No. described in JP-A No. 2019-168654. 5 (compound with the following structure)
  • Photopolymerization initiator 5 Compound No. described in JP-A No. 2019-168654. 73 (compound with the following structure)
  • Acid generator 1 CPI-100P (manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd.)
  • Polymerizable compound 1 Polymerizable compound 1: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate)
  • Polymerizable compound 2 Aronix M-510 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomer)
  • Polymerization inhibitor 1 Polymerization inhibitor 1: p-methoxyphenol
  • Film production method 1 Each composition was coated on a glass substrate (Corning Co., Ltd. 1737) using a spin coater so that the film thickness after drying was 1.0 ⁇ m, and coated using a 100°C hot plate. A heat treatment (prebaking) was performed for 120 seconds. Next, the entire surface was exposed using an i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.) at an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 . Furthermore, heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 300 seconds using a 200° C. hot plate to obtain a film.
  • Film production method 2 Each composition was applied onto a glass substrate (Corning Co., Ltd. 1737) using a spin coater so that the film thickness after drying was 1.0 ⁇ m, and then coated using a hot plate at 100°C. Then, heating (prebaking) was performed at 100° C. for 10 minutes. Next, a curing treatment was performed by heating at 200° C. for 8 minutes to obtain a film.
  • the viscosity increase rate is 5% or less
  • the examples had better evaluations of storage stability, light resistance, and heat resistance than the comparative examples.
  • 110 solid-state image sensor
  • 111 infrared cut filter
  • 112 color filter
  • 114 infrared transmission filter
  • 115 microlens
  • 116 flattening layer

Abstract

Provided are a composition that exhibits excellent storage stability and that can be used to form a film with excellent light resistance and heat resistance, a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, an infrared sensor, and a camera module. The composition comprises: an infrared absorbing agent containing a compound represented by formula (1); a prescribed antifading agent; and a curable compound.

Description

組成物、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、赤外線センサおよびカメラモジュールCompositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, infrared sensors and camera modules
 本発明は、赤外線吸収剤を含む組成物に関する。また、本発明は、組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、赤外線センサおよびカメラモジュールに関する。 The present invention relates to a composition containing an infrared absorber. The present invention also relates to a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, an image display device, an infrared sensor, and a camera module using the composition.
 ビデオカメラ、デジタルスチルカメラ、カメラ機能付き携帯電話などには、カラー画像の固体撮像素子である、CCD(電荷結合素子)や、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)が用いられている。これら固体撮像素子は、その受光部において赤外線に感度を有するシリコンフォトダイオードを使用している。このため、赤外線カットフィルタを設けて視感度補正を行うことがある。 Video cameras, digital still cameras, mobile phones with camera functions, and the like use CCDs (charge-coupled devices) and CMOSs (complementary metal oxide semiconductors), which are solid-state imaging devices for color images. These solid-state image sensors use silicon photodiodes sensitive to infrared rays in their light receiving portions. For this reason, an infrared cut filter may be provided to correct visibility.
 赤外線カットフィルタは、赤外線吸収剤を含む組成物を用いて製造されている。赤外線吸収剤にはスクアリリウム化合物などが用いられている。 Infrared cut filters are manufactured using a composition containing an infrared absorber. Squarylium compounds and the like are used as infrared absorbers.
 特許文献1には、スクアリリウム化合物を含む赤外線吸収剤と、分子内に少なくとも1つのリン原子を有する酸化防止剤とを含む組成物を用いて得られた膜を、赤外線カットフィルタなどに用いることが記載されている。 Patent Document 1 discloses that a film obtained using a composition containing an infrared absorber containing a squarylium compound and an antioxidant having at least one phosphorus atom in the molecule can be used for an infrared cut filter, etc. Are listed.
特開2021-039369号公報JP 2021-039369 Publication
 しかしながら、スクアリリウム化合物は、耐光性や耐熱性が低い傾向にある。このため、スクアリリウム化合物を含む組成物を用いて得られる膜の耐光性や耐熱性について、更なる改善の余地があった。 However, squarylium compounds tend to have low light resistance and heat resistance. Therefore, there is room for further improvement in the light resistance and heat resistance of films obtained using compositions containing squarylium compounds.
 また、本発明者が、赤外線吸収剤としてスクアリリウム化合物を用いた組成物について更なる検討を進めたところ、保存安定性について改善の余地があることが分かった。 Further, when the present inventor conducted further studies on compositions using squarylium compounds as infrared absorbers, it was found that there was room for improvement in storage stability.
 よって、本発明の目的は、保存安定性に優れ、耐光性および耐熱性に優れた膜を形成できる組成物を提供することにある。また、本発明は、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、赤外線センサおよびカメラモジュールを提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a composition that can form a film that has excellent storage stability and excellent light resistance and heat resistance. Further, the present invention provides a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, an image display device, an infrared sensor, and a camera module.
 本発明は以下を提供する。
 <1> 赤外線吸収剤と、褪色防止剤と、硬化性化合物とを含み、
 上記赤外線吸収剤は、式(1)で表される化合物を含み、
 上記褪色防止剤は、以下の条件1または条件2を満たすものである、組成物;
 条件1:上記褪色防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種と、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、消光剤および一重項酸素消去剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種とを含む;
 条件2:上記褪色防止剤は、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤および一重項酸素消去剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種と、消光剤と、を含む;
 式(1)中、AおよびBは、それぞれ独立して芳香族炭化水素環または芳香族複素環を表す;
 RaおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して置換基を表す;
 m1は0~mAの整数を表し、mAは、RaがAに置換可能な最大の整数を表し、m2は0~mBの整数を表し、mBは、RbがBに置換可能な最大の整数を表す;
 RaとAとは結合して環を形成してもよく、RbとBとは結合して環を形成してもよく、m1が2以上の場合、m1個のRaのうち2個のRa同士が結合して環を形成してもよく、m2が2以上の場合、m2個のRbのうち2個のRb同士が結合して環を形成してもよい;
 YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、アリール基または式(Y-1)で表される基を表す;ただし、YおよびYの少なくとも一方は、フッ素原子を含む;
 -LY1-RY1   ・・・式(Y-1)
 式(Y-1)中、LY1は、-CO-、-CS-、-SO-、-CONH-、-CSNH-または-COO-を表し、RY1は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表す。
 <2> 上記式(1)のAおよびBの少なくとも一方が、ベンゼン環、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ピリジン環、アズレン環またはこれらの環を含む縮合環である、<1>に記載の組成物。
 <3> 上記式(1)のAおよびBの少なくとも一方が、ベンゼン環またはナフタレン環である、<1>または<2>に記載の組成物。
 <4> 上記式(1)で表される化合物は、式(2-1)または式(2-2)で表される構造を有する、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物;
 式中、波線は式(1)におけるスクアリン酸部位との結合位置を表し、
 Yは、上記式(Y-1)で表される基を表し、
 Rsは、置換基を表し、n1は0~3の整数を表し、n2は0~5の整数を表し、
 Rs11およびRs12は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、
 Rs11とRs12、Rs11とRs、Rs12とRsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 <5> 上記式(1)で表される化合物は、式(2-1a)、式(2-1b)、式(2-1c)または式(2-1d)で表される構造を有する、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物;
 式中、波線は式(1)におけるスクアリン酸部位との結合位置を表し、
 Yは、上記式(Y-1)で表される基を表し、
 Rs~Rsは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
 Rs13およびRs14は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、
 A1~A4は、それぞれ独立して窒素原子を含む環を表す。
 <6> 上記式(1)で表される化合物は、式(1a)で表される化合物である、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物;
 式中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して上記式(Y-1)で表される基を表す;ただし、YおよびYの少なくとも一方は、フッ素原子を含む;
 RsおよびRsはそれぞれ独立して置換基を表す;
 n1aおよびn1bはそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表す;
 Rs21~Rs24は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表す;
 Rs21とRs22、Rs23とRs24、Rs21とRs、Rs22とRs、Rs23とRs、Rs24とRsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 <7> 上記褪色防止剤の分子量が1170以下である、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <8> 上記褪色防止剤は上記条件1を満たすものである、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <9> 上記硬化性化合物は重合性化合物を含む、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <10> 上記重合性化合物はエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物を含む、<9>に記載の組成物。
 <11> 上記赤外線吸収剤は、上記式(1)で表される化合物以外の赤外線吸収剤を含有する、<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <12> <1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物を用いて得られる膜。
 <13> <12>に記載の膜を含む光学フィルタ。
 <14> <12>に記載の膜を含む固体撮像素子。
 <15> <12>に記載の膜を含む画像表示装置。
 <16> <12>に記載の膜を含む赤外線センサ。
 <17> <12>に記載の膜を含むカメラモジュール。
The present invention provides the following.
<1> Contains an infrared absorber, an anti-fading agent, and a curable compound,
The infrared absorber includes a compound represented by formula (1),
A composition in which the anti-fading agent satisfies the following conditions 1 or 2;
Condition 1: The above anti-fading agent contains at least one selected from the group consisting of phosphorus antioxidants and sulfur antioxidants, a phenolic antioxidant, an amine antioxidant, a quencher, and a singlet oxygen scavenger. at least one selected from the group consisting of agents;
Condition 2: The anti-fading agent contains at least one selected from the group consisting of phenolic antioxidants, amine antioxidants, and singlet oxygen quenchers, and a quencher;
In formula (1), A and B each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle;
Ra and Rb each independently represent a substituent;
m1 represents an integer from 0 to mA, mA represents the maximum integer in which Ra can be replaced by A, m2 represents an integer from 0 to mB, and mB represents the maximum integer in which Rb can be replaced by B. represent;
Ra and A may be combined to form a ring, Rb and B may be combined to form a ring, and when m1 is 2 or more, two Ras out of m1 Ras may be combined to form a ring, and when m2 is 2 or more, two Rb out of m2 Rb may be combined to form a ring;
Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a group represented by formula (Y-1); provided that at least one of Y 1 and Y 2 contains a fluorine atom;
-L Y1 -R Y1 ...Formula (Y-1)
In formula (Y-1), L Y1 represents -CO-, -CS-, -SO 2 -, -CONH-, -CSNH- or -COO-, and R Y1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. represents a group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
<2> As described in <1>, wherein at least one of A and B in the above formula (1) is a benzene ring, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyridine ring, an azulene ring, or a fused ring containing these rings. Composition of.
<3> The composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein at least one of A and B in the above formula (1) is a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring.
<4> The compound represented by the above formula (1) has a structure represented by formula (2-1) or formula (2-2), and is described in any one of <1> to <3>composition;
In the formula, the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1),
Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1),
Rs 1 represents a substituent, n1 represents an integer of 0 to 3, n2 represents an integer of 0 to 5,
Rs 11 and Rs 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group,
Rs 11 and Rs 12 , Rs 11 and Rs 1 , and Rs 12 and Rs 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
<5> The compound represented by the above formula (1) has a structure represented by formula (2-1a), formula (2-1b), formula (2-1c) or formula (2-1d), The composition according to any one of <1> to <4>;
In the formula, the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1),
Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1),
Rs 2 to Rs 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
Rs 13 and Rs 14 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group,
A1 to A4 each independently represent a ring containing a nitrogen atom.
<6> The composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the compound represented by formula (1) is a compound represented by formula (1a);
In the formula, Y 4 and Y 5 each independently represent a group represented by the above formula (Y-1); provided that at least one of Y 4 and Y 5 contains a fluorine atom;
Rs 5 and Rs 6 each independently represent a substituent;
n1a and n1b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3;
Rs 21 to Rs 24 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
Rs 21 and Rs 22 , Rs 23 and Rs 24 , Rs 21 and Rs 5 , Rs 22 and Rs 5 , Rs 23 and Rs 6 , and Rs 24 and Rs 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
<7> The composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the anti-fading agent has a molecular weight of 1170 or less.
<8> The composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the anti-fading agent satisfies Condition 1 above.
<9> The composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the curable compound includes a polymerizable compound.
<10> The composition according to <9>, wherein the polymerizable compound includes a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
<11> The composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the infrared absorber contains an infrared absorber other than the compound represented by the formula (1).
<12> A film obtained using the composition according to any one of <1> to <11>.
<13> An optical filter comprising the film according to <12>.
<14> A solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to <12>.
<15> An image display device including the film according to <12>.
<16> An infrared sensor comprising the film according to <12>.
<17> A camera module including the film according to <12>.
 本発明によれば、保存安定性に優れ、耐光性および耐熱性に優れた膜を形成できる組成物を提供することができる。また、本発明は、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、赤外線センサおよびカメラモジュールを提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a composition that can form a film that has excellent storage stability and excellent light resistance and heat resistance. Further, the present invention can provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state image sensor, an image display device, an infrared sensor, and a camera module.
赤外線センサの一実施形態を示す概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing one embodiment of an infrared sensor.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)測定でのポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
 本明細書において、化学式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、赤外線とは、波長700~2500nmの光(電磁波)をいう。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
The content of the present invention will be explained in detail below.
In this specification, "~" is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit and an upper limit.
In the description of a group (atomic group) in this specification, the description that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes a group having a substituent (atomic group) as well as a group having no substituent (atomic group). For example, the term "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In this specification, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Examples of the light used for exposure include actinic rays or radiation such as the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" represents acrylate and/or methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic" represents both acrylic and/or methacrylic, and "(meth)acrylate" represents acrylic and/or methacrylate. ) "Acryloyl" refers to either or both of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are defined as polystyrene equivalent values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
In this specification, Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
In this specification, infrared rays refer to light (electromagnetic waves) with a wavelength of 700 to 2,500 nm.
In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
In this specification, the term "process" is used not only to refer to an independent process, but also to include a process in which the intended effect of the process is achieved even if the process cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
<組成物>
 本発明の組成物は、赤外線吸収剤と、褪色防止剤と、硬化性化合物とを含み、
 上記赤外線吸収剤は、式(1)で表される化合物を含み、
 上記褪色防止剤は、以下の条件1または条件2を満たすものである。
 条件1:上記褪色防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種と、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、消光剤および一重項酸素消去剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種とを含む。
 条件2:上記褪色防止剤は、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤および一重項酸素消去剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種と、消光剤と、を含む。
<Composition>
The composition of the present invention includes an infrared absorber, an anti-fading agent, and a curable compound,
The infrared absorber includes a compound represented by formula (1),
The above anti-fading agent satisfies Condition 1 or Condition 2 below.
Condition 1: The above anti-fading agent contains at least one selected from the group consisting of phosphorus antioxidants and sulfur antioxidants, a phenolic antioxidant, an amine antioxidant, a quencher, and a singlet oxygen scavenger. and at least one selected from the group consisting of agents.
Condition 2: The anti-fading agent contains at least one selected from the group consisting of phenolic antioxidants, amine antioxidants, and singlet oxygen quenchers, and a quencher.
 本発明の組成物は、保存安定性に優れている。そして、本発明の組成物を用いることで耐光性および耐熱性に優れた膜を形成できる。このような効果が得られる詳細な理由は不明であるが、以下によるものであると推測される。 The composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability. Further, by using the composition of the present invention, a film having excellent light resistance and heat resistance can be formed. Although the detailed reason for obtaining such an effect is unknown, it is presumed to be due to the following reasons.
 本発明の組成物に含まれる式(1)で表される化合物は、YおよびYの少なくとも一方がフッ素原子を含む構造を有していることにより、褪色防止剤と相互作用して、式(1)で表される化合物の近傍に褪色防止剤を存在させやすいと推測される。
 このため、組成物中や、膜中において、式(1)で表される化合物の周辺の褪色防止剤の密度を高めることができると推測される。
 そして、本発明の組成物は、上述した条件1または条件2を満たす褪色防止剤を含むことにより、光照射による式(1)で表される化合物の分解や、加熱による式(1)で表される化合物の分解などを効果的に抑制できると推測される。このような理由により、本発明の組成物を用いることで、耐光性および耐熱性に優れた膜を形成することができたと推測される。
 また、上述した条件1または条件2を満たす褪色防止剤によって、組成物の保管中における式(1)で表される化合物の分解なども抑制できると推測される。組成物の保管時において、このような分解物の発生が生じると、この分解物と硬化性化合物との反応や相互作用などによって組成物の粘度が経時的に増加しやすい。一方、本発明の組成物は、保管時における上記の分解物の発生を抑制できるため、その結果、保管時における組成物の粘度の増加を抑制できると推測される。このような理由により、本発明の組成物は保存安定性に優れていると推測される。
The compound represented by formula (1) contained in the composition of the present invention has a structure in which at least one of Y 1 and Y 2 contains a fluorine atom, so that it interacts with the anti-fading agent, It is presumed that the anti-fading agent is likely to be present near the compound represented by formula (1).
Therefore, it is presumed that the density of the anti-fading agent around the compound represented by formula (1) can be increased in the composition or in the film.
By containing the anti-fading agent that satisfies Condition 1 or Condition 2 described above, the composition of the present invention can prevent the decomposition of the compound represented by formula (1) by light irradiation or the decomposition of the compound represented by formula (1) by heating. It is presumed that the decomposition of compounds that are exposed to water can be effectively suppressed. For these reasons, it is presumed that by using the composition of the present invention, a film with excellent light resistance and heat resistance could be formed.
Furthermore, it is presumed that the anti-fading agent that satisfies Condition 1 or Condition 2 described above can also suppress the decomposition of the compound represented by formula (1) during storage of the composition. If such decomposition products occur during storage of the composition, the viscosity of the composition tends to increase over time due to reaction or interaction between the decomposition products and the curable compound. On the other hand, since the composition of the present invention can suppress the generation of the above decomposed products during storage, it is presumed that as a result, the increase in viscosity of the composition during storage can be suppressed. For these reasons, it is presumed that the composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability.
 特に、褪色防止剤として上記条件1を満たすものを用いることにより、得られる膜の耐光性と耐熱性をより向上させることができる。 In particular, by using an anti-fading agent that satisfies Condition 1 above, the light resistance and heat resistance of the resulting film can be further improved.
 式(1)で表される化合物は、可視透明性および赤外線遮蔽性にも優れているので、本発明の組成物を用いることにより得られる膜は、可視透明性および赤外線遮蔽性に優れた膜を形成することもできる。このため、本発明の組成物を用いることにより、分光特性に優れた膜を形成することができる。 Since the compound represented by formula (1) also has excellent visible transparency and infrared shielding properties, the film obtained by using the composition of the present invention is a film that has excellent visible transparency and infrared shielding properties. can also be formed. Therefore, by using the composition of the present invention, a film with excellent spectral properties can be formed.
 本発明の組成物は、光学フィルタ用の組成物として用いることができる。光学フィルタの種類としては、赤外線カットフィルタおよび赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられる。式(1)で表される化合物は、可視透明性に優れるので、本発明の組成物を用いることにより可視透明性に優れた赤外線カットフィルタを形成することができる。また、赤外線透過フィルタにおいて、赤外線吸収剤は、透過する光(赤外線)をより長波長側に限定する役割を有している。式(1)で表される化合物は、可視透明性に優れるので、遮蔽する可視領域の分光や、透過させる赤外領域の分光を適切な範囲に制御しやすい。 The composition of the present invention can be used as a composition for optical filters. Types of optical filters include infrared cut filters and infrared transmission filters. Since the compound represented by formula (1) has excellent visible transparency, by using the composition of the present invention, an infrared cut filter having excellent visible transparency can be formed. Furthermore, in the infrared transmission filter, the infrared absorbing agent has the role of limiting transmitted light (infrared rays) to longer wavelengths. Since the compound represented by formula (1) has excellent visible transparency, it is easy to control the spectrum in the visible region to be blocked and the spectrum in the infrared region to be transmitted to an appropriate range.
 以下、本発明の組成物に用いられる各成分について説明する。 Each component used in the composition of the present invention will be explained below.
<<赤外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、赤外線吸収剤を含む。本発明の組成物に含まれる赤外線吸収剤は、式(1)で表される化合物を含む。以下、式(1)で表される化合物を特定化合物ともいう。
<<Infrared absorber>>
The composition of the invention includes an infrared absorber. The infrared absorber contained in the composition of the present invention includes a compound represented by formula (1). Hereinafter, the compound represented by formula (1) will also be referred to as a specific compound.
 (特定化合物(式(1)で表される化合物))
(Specific compound (compound represented by formula (1)))
 式(1)中、AおよびBは、それぞれ独立して芳香族炭化水素環または芳香族複素環を表す;
 RaおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して置換基を表す;
 m1は0~mAの整数を表し、mAは、RaがAに置換可能な最大の整数を表し、m2は0~mBの整数を表し、mBは、RbがBに置換可能な最大の整数を表す;
 RaとAとは結合して環を形成してもよく、RbとBとは結合して環を形成してもよく、m1が2以上の場合、m1個のRaのうち2個のRa同士が結合して環を形成してもよく、m2が2以上の場合、m2個のRbのうち2個のRb同士が結合して環を形成してもよい;
 YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、アリール基または式(Y-1)で表される基を表す;ただし、YおよびYの少なくとも一方は、フッ素原子を含む;
 -LY1-RY1   ・・・式(Y-1)
 式(Y-1)中、LY1は、-CO-、-CS-、-SO-、-CONH-、-CSNH-または-COO-を表し、RY1は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表す。
In formula (1), A and B each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle;
Ra and Rb each independently represent a substituent;
m1 represents an integer from 0 to mA, mA represents the maximum integer in which Ra can be replaced by A, m2 represents an integer from 0 to mB, and mB represents the maximum integer in which Rb can be replaced by B. represent;
Ra and A may be combined to form a ring, Rb and B may be combined to form a ring, and when m1 is 2 or more, two Ras out of m1 Ras may be combined to form a ring, and when m2 is 2 or more, two Rb out of m2 Rb may be combined to form a ring;
Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a group represented by formula (Y-1); provided that at least one of Y 1 and Y 2 contains a fluorine atom;
-L Y1 -R Y1 ...Formula (Y-1)
In formula (Y-1), L Y1 represents -CO-, -CS-, -SO 2 -, -CONH-, -CSNH- or -COO-, and R Y1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. represents a group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
 式(1)において、AおよびBは、それぞれ独立して芳香族炭化水素環または芳香族複素環を表す。
 芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する炭素数は、6~48が好ましく、6~22がより好ましく、6~12が特に好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環は、単環または縮合数が2~8の縮合環であることが好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環であることがより好ましく、単環または縮合数が2または3の縮合環であることが更に好ましく、単環または縮合数が2の縮合環であることが特に好ましい。
 芳香族複素環は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。また、芳香族複素環は、単環または縮合数が2~8の縮合環であることが好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環であることがより好ましく、単環または縮合数が2または3の縮合環であることが更に好ましく、単環または縮合数が2の縮合環であることが特に好ましい。芳香族複素環の環を構成するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子が挙げられ、窒素原子、硫黄原子が好ましい。芳香族複素環の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は、1~3が好ましく、1~2がより好ましい。
In formula (1), A and B each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
The number of carbon atoms constituting the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 6 to 48, more preferably 6 to 22, particularly preferably 6 to 12. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings, It is more preferably a fused ring of 2 or 3, and particularly preferably a single ring or a fused ring with 2 fused rings.
The aromatic heterocycle is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Further, the aromatic heterocycle is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, more preferably a monocycle or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings, is more preferably a fused ring having 2 or 3 rings, and particularly preferably a single ring or a fused ring having 2 fused rings. Examples of the heteroatom constituting the ring of the aromatic heterocycle include nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, and sulfur atom, with nitrogen atom and sulfur atom being preferred. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the aromatic heterocycle is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2.
 式(1)において、AおよびBの少なくとも一方(好ましくはAおよびBの両方)が、ベンゼン環、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ピリジン環、アズレン環またはこれらの環を含む縮合環であることが好ましい。前述の縮合環としては、ナフタレン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、イソベンゾフラン環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、インドール環、イソインドール環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、チエノピロール環、ピロロチアゾール環などが挙げられる。可視透明性および赤外線遮蔽性の観点から、AおよびBの少なくとも一方(好ましくはAおよびBの両方)が、ベンゼン環またはナフタレン環であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環であることがより好ましい。 In formula (1), at least one of A and B (preferably both A and B) is a benzene ring, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyridine ring, an azulene ring, or a fused ring containing these rings. It is preferable. Examples of the above-mentioned condensed rings include a naphthalene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, an isobenzofuran ring, a benzimidazole ring, an indole ring, an isoindole ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a thienopyrrole ring, and a pyrrolothiazole ring. From the viewpoint of visible transparency and infrared shielding properties, at least one of A and B (preferably both A and B) is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
 式(1)において、RaおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して置換基を表す。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、-ORt、-CORt、-COORt、-OCORt、-NRtRt、-NHCORt、-CONRtRt、-NHCONRtRt、-NHCOORt、-SRt、-SORt、-SOORt、-NHSORtおよび-SONRtRtが挙げられる。RtおよびRtは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表す。RtとRtは結合して環を形成してもよく、Rtおよび/またはRtとAとが結合して環を形成してもよく、Rtおよび/またはRtとBとが結合して環を形成してもよい。なお、-COORtのRtが水素の場合は、水素原子が解離してもよく、塩の状態であってもよい。また、-SOORtのRtが水素原子の場合は、水素原子が解離してもよく、塩の状態であってもよい。 In formula (1), Ra and Rb each independently represent a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, -ORt 1 , -CORt 1 , -COORt 1 , -OCORt 1 , -NRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCORt 1 , -CONRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCONRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCOORt 1 , -SRt 1 , -SO 2 Rt 1 , -SO 2 ORt 1 , -NHSO 2 Rt 1 and -SO 2 NRt 1 Rt 2 can be mentioned. Rt 1 and Rt 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. Rt 1 and Rt 2 may be combined to form a ring, Rt 1 and/or Rt 2 and A may be combined to form a ring, and Rt 1 and/or Rt 2 and B may be combined to form a ring. They may be combined to form a ring. Note that when Rt 1 of -COORt 1 is hydrogen, the hydrogen atom may be dissociated or may be in a salt state. Further, when Rt 1 of -SO 2 ORt 1 is a hydrogen atom, the hydrogen atom may be dissociated or may be in a salt state.
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましい。
 アルケニル基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~8が特に好ましい。アルケニル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましい。
 アルキニル基の炭素数は、2~40が好ましく、2~30がより好ましく、2~25が特に好ましい。アルキニル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐が好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
 ヘテロアリール基は、単環または縮合数が2~8の縮合環であることが好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環であることがより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は2~30が好ましく、2~18がより好ましく、2~12がより好ましい。
 アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基およびヘテロアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched.
The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group is preferably 2 to 40, more preferably 2 to 30, particularly preferably 2 to 25. The alkynyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and preferably linear or branched.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
The heteroaryl group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and more preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatom constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Preferably, the heteroaryl group is a 5- or 6-membered ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 18, and even more preferably 2 to 12.
The alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
 式(1)において、RaとAとは結合して環を形成してもよく、RbとBとは結合して環を形成してもよく、m1が2以上の場合、m1個のRaのうち2個のRa同士が結合して環を形成してもよく、m2が2以上の場合、m2個のRbのうち2個のRb同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。上記の環を形成する場合の連結基としては、-CO-、-O-、-NH-、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基およびそれらの組み合わせからなる群より選ばれる2価の連結基が挙げられる。連結基としてのアルキレン基は無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。 In formula (1), Ra and A may be combined to form a ring, Rb and B may be combined to form a ring, and when m1 is 2 or more, m1 of Ra Two of the Ra's may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and when m2 is 2 or more, two Rb's of m2 Rb's may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the linking group when forming the above ring include divalent linking groups selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -O-, -NH-, alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. It will be done. The alkylene group as a linking group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
 式(1)において、m1は0~mAの整数を表し、mAは、RaがAに置換可能な最大の整数を表し、m2は0~mBの整数を表し、mBは、RbがBに置換可能な最大の整数を表す。例えば、Aがベンゼン環の場合、mAは4となる。また、Aがナフタレン環の場合、mAは6となる。m1およびm2は、それぞれ独立に0~4の整数が好ましく、0~3の整数がより好ましく、1~3の整数が更に好ましく、1または2が特に好ましく、1が最も好ましい。 In formula (1), m1 represents an integer from 0 to mA, mA represents the maximum integer in which Ra can be replaced by A, m2 represents an integer from 0 to mB, and mB represents Rb to be replaced by B. Represents the largest possible integer. For example, if A is a benzene ring, mA is 4. Further, when A is a naphthalene ring, mA is 6. m1 and m2 are each independently preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 3, even more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, particularly preferably 1 or 2, and most preferably 1.
 式(1)のRaおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して-NRtRtであることが好ましい。
 RtおよびRtは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基であることが好ましく、耐光性の観点からアルキル基、またはアリール基であることが好ましく、アリール基であることがより好ましい。
 また、耐光性の観点からRtとRtが結合して環を形成していることも好ましい。
RtとRtが結合して形成される環は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。
RtとRtとが結合して環を形成する場合の連結基としては、-CO-、-O-、-NH-、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基およびそれらの組み合わせからなる群より選ばれる2価の連結基が挙げられ、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基であることが好ましい。連結基としてのアルキレン基は無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
 また、耐光性の観点から、RtおよびRtの少なくとも一方と、AまたはBとが結合して環を形成していることが好ましい。上記の形成される環としては、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。RtおよびRtの少なくとも一方と、AまたはBとが結合して環を形成する場合の連結基としては、-CO-、-O-、-NH-、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基およびそれらの組み合わせからなる群より選ばれる2価の連結基が挙げられ、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基であることが好ましい。連結基としてのアルキレン基は無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
It is preferable that Ra and Rb in formula (1) are each independently -NRt 1 Rt 2 .
Rt 1 and Rt 2 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and from the viewpoint of light resistance, an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable, and an aryl group is preferable. More preferred.
Furthermore, from the viewpoint of light resistance, it is also preferable that Rt 1 and Rt 2 combine to form a ring.
The ring formed by combining Rt 1 and Rt 2 is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
When Rt 1 and Rt 2 combine to form a ring, the linking group is selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -O-, -NH-, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. Examples include divalent linking groups, and alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred. The alkylene group as a linking group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
Furthermore, from the viewpoint of light resistance, it is preferable that at least one of Rt 1 and Rt 2 and A or B combine to form a ring. The ring formed above is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. When at least one of Rt 1 and Rt 2 and A or B combine to form a ring, examples of the linking group include -CO-, -O-, -NH-, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and Examples include divalent linking groups selected from the group consisting of combinations thereof, and alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are preferred. The alkylene group as a linking group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
 式(1)において、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、アリール基または式(Y-1)で表される基を表し、YおよびYの少なくとも一方はフッ素原子を含む。式(1)において、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して、式(Y-1)で表される基であることが好ましい。 In formula (1), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a group represented by formula (Y-1), and at least one of Y 1 and Y 2 has a fluorine atom. include. In formula (1), Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently preferably a group represented by formula (Y-1).
 YおよびYが表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
 アルキル基およびアリール基は無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基、および、以下に示すフッ素原子を含有する基などが挙げられ、フッ素原子を含有する基であることが好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by Y 1 and Y 2 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
The alkyl group and aryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed for the substituent T described below and the groups containing a fluorine atom shown below, and a group containing a fluorine atom is preferable.
 YおよびYが表す式(Y-1)で表される基について説明する。 The group represented by formula (Y-1) represented by Y 1 and Y 2 will be explained.
 式(Y-1)のLY1は、-CO-、-CS-、-SO-、-CONH-、-CSNH-または-COO-を表し、-CO-、-SO-または-CONH-であることが好ましく、-CO-または-CONH-であることがより好ましく、-CONH-であることが特に好ましい。 L Y1 in formula (Y-1) represents -CO-, -CS-, -SO 2 -, -CONH-, -CSNH- or -COO-, and -CO-, -SO 2 - or -CONH- is preferable, -CO- or -CONH- is more preferable, and -CONH- is particularly preferable.
 式(Y-1)のRY1は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表す。
 RY1が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。
 RY1が表すアルケニル基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましく、2~15がより好ましく、2~8が更に好ましい。アルケニル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。
 RY1が表すアルキニル基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましく、2~15がより好ましく、2~8が更に好ましい。アルケニル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。
 RY1が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
 RY1が表すヘテロアリール基は、単環または縮合数が2~8の縮合環であることが好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環であることがより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は2~30が好ましく、2~18がより好ましく、2~12がより好ましい。
 RY1が表すアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基およびヘテロアリール基は無置換であってもよく置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基、および、以下に示すフッ素原子を含有する基などが挙げられ、フッ素原子を含有する基であることが好ましい。
R Y1 in formula (Y-1) represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R Y1 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
The alkenyl group represented by R Y1 preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group represented by R Y1 is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 15, and even more preferably 2 to 8. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R Y1 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
The heteroaryl group represented by R Y1 is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatom constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Preferably, the heteroaryl group is a 5- or 6-membered ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 18, and even more preferably 2 to 12.
The alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by R Y1 may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed for the substituent T described below and the groups containing a fluorine atom shown below, and a group containing a fluorine atom is preferable.
 式(Y-1)のRY1は、アルキル基またはアリール基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子を含有する基を置換基として有するアルキル基または、フッ素原子を含有する基を置換基として有するアリール基であることがより好ましく、フッ素原子を含有する基を置換基として有するアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。 R Y1 in formula (Y-1) is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and is an alkyl group having a fluorine atom-containing group as a substituent or an aryl group having a fluorine atom-containing group as a substituent. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having a fluorine atom-containing group as a substituent.
 フッ素原子を含有する基としては、フッ素原子、-RF1、-ORF1、-SRF1、-CORF1、-COORF1、-OCORF1、-NRF1F2、-NHCORF1、-CONRF1F2、-NHCONRF1F2、-NHCOORF1、-SOF1、-SOORF1および-NHSOF1が挙げられ、フッ素原子、-RF1、および-CORF1が好ましい。RF1は、フッ素原子を含む炭化水素基を表し、RF2は、水素原子、炭化水素基、ヘテロアリール基、または、フッ素原子を含む炭化水素基を表す。以下、フッ素原子を含む炭化水素基を含フッ素炭化水素基ともいう。 Examples of groups containing a fluorine atom include a fluorine atom, -R F1 , -OR F1 , -SR F1 , -COR F1 , -COOR F1 , -OCOR F1 , -NR F1 R F2 , -NHCOR F1 , -CONR F1 R Examples include F2 , -NHCONR F1 R F2 , -NHCOOR F1 , -SO 2 R F1 , -SO 2 OR F1 and -NHSO 2 R F1 , with fluorine atoms, -R F1 and -COR F1 being preferred. R F1 represents a hydrocarbon group containing a fluorine atom, and R F2 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a heteroaryl group, or a hydrocarbon group containing a fluorine atom. Hereinafter, a hydrocarbon group containing a fluorine atom will also be referred to as a fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group.
 RF2が表す炭化水素基としては、脂肪族炭化水素基および芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基は、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は鎖式脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、環式脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよい。炭化水素基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基が挙げられる。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましく、1~5が特に好ましい。アルキル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アルケニル基およびアルキニル基の炭素数は、2~30が好ましく、2~20がより好ましく、2~10が更に好ましく、2~5が特に好ましい。アルケニル基およびアルキニル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖または分岐が好ましく、直鎖がより好ましい。アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。 The hydrocarbon group represented by R F2 includes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group or a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 1 to 10, particularly preferably 1 to 5. The alkyl group may be straight chain, branched, or cyclic, but straight chain or branched is preferable, and straight chain is more preferable. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group and the alkynyl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 10, particularly preferably 2 to 5. The alkenyl group and the alkynyl group may be straight chain, branched, or cyclic, but straight chain or branched is preferable, and straight chain is more preferable. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12.
 RF1およびRF2が表す含フッ素炭化水素基(フッ素原子を含む炭化水素基)としては、上記炭化水素基の水素原子の少なくとも一部がフッ素原子で置換された基が挙げられ、フルオロアルキル基およびフルオロアリール基であることが好ましく、フルオロアルキル基であることがより好ましい。 The fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group (hydrocarbon group containing a fluorine atom) represented by R F1 and R F2 includes a group in which at least a part of the hydrogen atoms of the above hydrocarbon group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and a fluoroalkyl group and a fluoroaryl group, and more preferably a fluoroalkyl group.
 RF2が表すヘテロアリール基は、単環または縮合数が2~8の縮合環であることが好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環であることがより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は2~30が好ましく、2~18がより好ましく、2~12がより好ましい。 The heteroaryl group represented by R F2 is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatom constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Preferably, the heteroaryl group is a 5- or 6-membered ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 18, and even more preferably 2 to 12.
 なお、式(1)においてカチオンは、以下のように非局在化して存在している。
In addition, in formula (1), the cation exists in a delocalized manner as follows.
 特定化合物は、式(2-1)または式(2-2)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが好ましく、式(2-1)で表される構造を有する化合物であることがより好ましい。
 式中、波線は式(1)におけるスクアリン酸部位との結合位置を表し、
 Yは、上記式(Y-1)で表される基を表し、
 Rsは、置換基を表し、n1は0~3の整数を表し、n2は0~5の整数を表し、
 Rs11およびRs12は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、
 Rs11とRs12、Rs11とRs、Rs12とRsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
The specific compound is preferably a compound having a structure represented by formula (2-1) or formula (2-2), and more preferably a compound having a structure represented by formula (2-1). preferable.
In the formula, the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1),
Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1),
Rs 1 represents a substituent, n1 represents an integer of 0 to 3, n2 represents an integer of 0 to 5,
Rs 11 and Rs 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group,
Rs 11 and Rs 12 , Rs 11 and Rs 1 , and Rs 12 and Rs 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 Yが表す式(Y-1)で表される基の好ましい範囲については上述した範囲と同様である。
 Rsが表す置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
 Rs11およびRs12は、それぞれ独立にアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、アルキル基またはアリール基であることが好ましく、アリール基であることがより好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。また、アルキル基は無置換であってもよく置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。また、アリール基は無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。ヘテロアリール基は、単環または縮合数が2~8の縮合環であることが好ましく、単環または縮合数が2~4の縮合環であることがより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、5員環または6員環が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は2~30が好ましく、2~18がより好ましく、2~12がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
 n1は0~3の整数を表し、n2は0~5の整数を表す。n1は0~2の整数が好ましく、0がより好ましい。n2は0~4の整数が好ましく、0~3の整数がより好ましく、0~2の整数が更に好ましい。
The preferred range of the group represented by formula (Y-1) represented by Y 3 is the same as the above-mentioned range.
Examples of the substituent represented by Rs 1 include the groups listed below for the substituent T.
Rs 11 and Rs 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and more preferably an aryl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Further, the alkyl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12. Further, the aryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T. The heteroaryl group is preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 8 condensed rings, and more preferably a single ring or a condensed ring having 2 to 4 condensed rings. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatom constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The heteroaryl group preferably has a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 2 to 18, and even more preferably 2 to 12. The heteroaryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
n1 represents an integer from 0 to 3, and n2 represents an integer from 0 to 5. n1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0. n2 is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 3, even more preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
 上記式において、Rs11とRs12、Rs11とRs、Rs12とRsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。これらの基同士が結合して形成される環は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。これらの基同士が結合して環を形成する場合の連結基としては、-CO-、-O-、-NH-、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基およびそれらの組み合わせからなる群より選ばれる2価の連結基が挙げられ、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基であることが好ましい。連結基としてのアルキレン基は無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。 In the above formula, Rs 11 and Rs 12 , Rs 11 and Rs 1 , and Rs 12 and Rs 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring formed by bonding these groups to each other is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. When these groups combine to form a ring, the linking group is 2 selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -O-, -NH-, alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. Examples include a valent linking group, and an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred. The alkylene group as a linking group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
 なお、式(1)におけるスクアリン酸部位との結合位置とは、式(1)における以下の構造との結合位置を意味する。波線は、式(2-1)または式(2-2)で表される構造との結合位置を表す。
Note that the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1) means the bonding position with the following structure in formula (1). The wavy line represents the bonding position with the structure represented by formula (2-1) or formula (2-2).
 特定化合物は、式(2-1a)、式(2-1b)、式(2-1c)または式(2-1d)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが好ましく、式(2-1a)、式(2-1c)または式(2-1d)で表される構造を有する化合物であることがより好ましく、より優れた赤外線遮蔽性が得られやすいという理由から、式(2-1c)または式(2-1d)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが更に好ましい。
The specific compound is preferably a compound having a structure represented by formula (2-1a), formula (2-1b), formula (2-1c) or formula (2-1d); ), a compound having a structure represented by formula (2-1c) or formula (2-1d) is more preferable, and a compound having a structure represented by formula (2-1c) or formula (2-1d) is more preferable because it is easier to obtain better infrared shielding properties. Further, it is more preferable that the compound has a structure represented by formula (2-1d).
 式中、波線は式(1)におけるスクアリン酸部位との結合位置を表し、
 Yは、上記式(Y-1)で表される基を表し、
 Rs~Rsは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
 Rs13およびRs14は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、
 A1~A4は、それぞれ独立して窒素原子を含む環を表す。
In the formula, the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1),
Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1),
Rs 2 to Rs 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
Rs 13 and Rs 14 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group,
A1 to A4 each independently represent a ring containing a nitrogen atom.
 Rs~Rsが表す置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
 Rs13およびRs14が表すアルキル基、アリール基およびヘテロアリール基の詳細については、Rs11およびRs12にて説明した範囲と同様である。
Examples of the substituents represented by Rs 2 to Rs 4 include the groups listed for the substituent T described below.
Details of the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group represented by Rs 13 and Rs 14 are the same as those described for Rs 11 and Rs 12 .
 式(2-1a)においては、耐光性の観点からRs13およびRs14はそれぞれ独立してアリール基であることが好ましい。 In formula (2-1a), from the viewpoint of light resistance, Rs 13 and Rs 14 are preferably each independently an aryl group.
 式(2-1b)のA1は、窒素原子を含む環を表す。A1が表す環は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。また、窒素原子として式中のNのみを含む環であることが好ましい。式(2-1b)で表される構造の具体例としては、式(2-1b1)で表される構造、式(2-1b2)で表される構造が挙げられる。
A1 in formula (2-1b) represents a ring containing a nitrogen atom. The ring represented by A1 is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Further, a ring containing only N in the formula as a nitrogen atom is preferable. Specific examples of the structure represented by formula (2-1b) include the structure represented by formula (2-1b1) and the structure represented by formula (2-1b2).
 式中、波線は式(1)におけるスクアリン酸部位との結合位置を表し、Yは、上記式(Y-1)で表される基を表し、Rs~Rsは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Rs100は置換基を表し、mb1は0~2の整数を表し、mb2は0~3の整数を表す。mb1またはmb2が2以上の場合は2個のRs100同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。Rs100が表す置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。 In the formula, the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1), Y 3 represents the group represented by the above formula (Y-1), and Rs 2 to Rs 4 are each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Rs 100 represents a substituent, mb1 represents an integer of 0 to 2, and mb2 represents an integer of 0 to 3. When mb1 or mb2 is 2 or more, two Rs 100 's may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the substituent represented by Rs 100 include the groups listed below for substituent T.
 式(2-1c)のA2は、窒素原子を含む環を表す。A2が表す環は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。また、窒素原子として式中のNのみを含む環であることが好ましい。式(2-1c)で表される構造の具体例としては、式(2-1c1)で表される構造、式(2-1c2)で表される構造が挙げられる。
A2 in formula (2-1c) represents a ring containing a nitrogen atom. The ring represented by A2 is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Further, a ring containing only N in the formula as a nitrogen atom is preferable. Specific examples of the structure represented by formula (2-1c) include the structure represented by formula (2-1c1) and the structure represented by formula (2-1c2).
 式中、波線は式(1)におけるスクアリン酸部位との結合位置を表し、Yは、上記式(Y-1)で表される基を表し、Rs、Rsは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Rs101は置換基を表し、mc1は0~2の整数を表し、mc2は0~3の整数を表す。mc1またはmc2が2以上の場合は2個のRs101同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。Rs101が表す置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。 In the formula, the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1), Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1), and Rs 3 and Rs 4 are each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Rs 101 represents a substituent, mc1 represents an integer of 0 to 2, and mc2 represents an integer of 0 to 3. When mc1 or mc2 is 2 or more, two Rs 101 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the substituent represented by Rs 101 include the groups listed below for substituent T.
 式(2-1d)のA3およびA4は、それぞれ独立に窒素原子を含む環を表す。A3およびA4が表す環は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。また、窒素原子として式中のNのみを含む環であることが好ましい。式(2-1d)で表される構造の具体例としては、式(2-1d1)で表される構造、式(2-1d2)で表される構造が挙げられる。
A3 and A4 in formula (2-1d) each independently represent a ring containing a nitrogen atom. The ring represented by A3 and A4 is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Further, a ring containing only N in the formula as a nitrogen atom is preferable. Specific examples of the structure represented by formula (2-1d) include the structure represented by formula (2-1d1) and the structure represented by formula (2-1d2).
 式中、波線は式(1)におけるスクアリン酸部位との結合位置を表し、Yは、上記式(Y-1)で表される基を表し、Rsは、水素原子または置換基を表し、Rs102は置換基を表し、md1は0~4の整数を表し、md2は0~6の整数を表す。md1またはmd2が2以上の場合は2個のRs102同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。Rs102が表す置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。 In the formula, the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1), Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1), and Rs 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. , Rs 102 represents a substituent, md1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and md2 represents an integer of 0 to 6. When md1 or md2 is 2 or more, two Rs 102 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the substituent represented by Rs 102 include the groups listed below for substituent T.
 特定化合物は、式(1a)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
It is preferable that the specific compound is a compound represented by formula (1a).
 式中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して上記式(Y-1)で表される基を表す;ただし、YおよびYの少なくとも一方は、フッ素原子を含む;
 RsおよびRsはそれぞれ独立して置換基を表す;
 n1aおよびn1bはそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表す;
 Rs21~Rs24は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表す;
 Rs21とRs22、Rs23とRs24、Rs21とRs、Rs22とRs、Rs23とRs、Rs24とRsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
In the formula, Y 4 and Y 5 each independently represent a group represented by the above formula (Y-1); provided that at least one of Y 4 and Y 5 contains a fluorine atom;
Rs 5 and Rs 6 each independently represent a substituent;
n1a and n1b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3;
Rs 21 to Rs 24 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
Rs 21 and Rs 22 , Rs 23 and Rs 24 , Rs 21 and Rs 5 , Rs 22 and Rs 5 , Rs 23 and Rs 6 , and Rs 24 and Rs 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 式(1a)のYおよびYは、それぞれ独立して上記式(Y-1)で表される基を表す。
およびYが表す式(Y-1)で表される基の詳細は上述した内容と同様であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 式(1a)のYおよびYは、それぞれフッ素原子を含む基であることが好ましい。なかでも、式(1a)のYおよびYが表す式(Y-1)のRY1が、フッ素原子を含有する基を置換基として有するアルキル基、または、フッ素原子を含有する基を置換基として有するアリール基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子を含有する基を置換基として有するアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
Y 4 and Y 5 in formula (1a) each independently represent a group represented by the above formula (Y-1).
The details of the group represented by formula (Y-1) represented by Y 4 and Y 5 are the same as described above, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
It is preferable that Y 4 and Y 5 in formula (1a) are each a group containing a fluorine atom. Among them, R Y1 of formula (Y-1) represented by Y 4 and Y 5 of formula (1a) is an alkyl group having a fluorine atom-containing group as a substituent, or a group containing a fluorine atom is substituted. It is preferably an aryl group having a fluorine atom-containing group as a substituent, and more preferably an alkyl group having a fluorine atom-containing group as a substituent.
 式(1a)のRsおよびRsが表す置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituents represented by Rs 5 and Rs 6 in formula (1a) include the groups listed below for substituent T.
 式(1a)のn1aおよびn1bはそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましい。 In formula (1a), n1a and n1b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
 式(1a)のRs21~Rs24が表すアルキル基、アリール基およびヘテロアリール基は、式(2-1)、式(2-2)のRs11およびRs12で説明した範囲と同様である。 The alkyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group represented by Rs 21 to Rs 24 in formula (1a) are the same as the ranges explained for Rs 11 and Rs 12 in formula (2-1) and formula (2-2). .
 式(1a)において、Rs21とRs22、Rs23とRs24、Rs21とRs、Rs22とRs、Rs23とRs、Rs24とRsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。上記の環を形成する場合の連結基としては、-CO-、-O-、-NH-、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基およびそれらの組み合わせからなる群より選ばれる2価の連結基が挙げられる。連結基としてのアルキレン基は無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。 In formula (1a), Rs 21 and Rs 22 , Rs 23 and Rs 24 , Rs 21 and Rs 5 , Rs 22 and Rs 5 , Rs 23 and Rs 6 , and Rs 24 and Rs 6 combine with each other to form a ring. You may. Examples of the linking group when forming the above ring include divalent linking groups selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -O-, -NH-, alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and combinations thereof. It will be done. The alkylene group as a linking group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed below for substituent T.
 -置換基T-
 置換基Tとしては次の基が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルケニル基)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルキニル基)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール基)、ヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリール基)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のアミノ基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールオキシ基)、ヘテロアリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールオキシ基)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシル基)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニル基)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニル基)、ヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルオキシ基)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルアミノ基)、アミノカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアミノカルボニルアミノ基)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイル基)、スルファモイルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイルアミノ基)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のカルバモイル基)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルチオ基)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールチオ基)、ヘテロアリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールチオ基)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニル基)、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニルアミノ基)、アリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニル基)、アリールスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニルアミノ基)、ヘテロアリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルホニル基)、ヘテロアリールスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルホニルアミノ基)、アルキルスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルフィニル基)、アリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルフィニル基)、ヘテロアリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルフィニル基)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のウレイド基)、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホンアミド基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルキルスルフィノ基、アリールスルフィノ基、アリールアゾ基、ヘテロアリールアゾ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、シリル基、ヒドラジノ基、イミノ基。これらの基は、更に置換可能な基である場合、更に置換基を有してもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで説明した基が挙げられる。
-Substituent T-
Examples of the substituent T include the following groups. Halogen atom (e.g. fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryl group (preferably a heteroaryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an amino group (preferably a heteroaryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryloxy group (preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryloxy group (preferably a carbon Heteroaryloxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), acyl group (preferably an acyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), heteroaryloxycarbonyl group (preferably heteroaryloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), acyloxy group (preferably acyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), acylamino group (preferably an acylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aminocarbonylamino group (preferably an aminocarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably an alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) , an aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), a sulfamoyl group (preferably a sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), a sulfamoylamino group (preferably a sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms) sulfamoylamino group), carbamoyl group (preferably a carbamoyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylthio group (preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an arylthio group (preferably an arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) ), a heteroarylthio group (preferably a heteroarylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonylamino group (preferably a carbon number 1 to 30), 30 alkylsulfonylamino groups), arylsulfonyl groups (preferably arylsulfonylamino groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), arylsulfonylamino groups (preferably arylsulfonylamino groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heteroarylsulfonyl groups (preferably is a heteroarylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroarylsulfonylamino group (preferably a heteroarylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfinyl group (preferably an alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) , an arylsulfinyl group (preferably an arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroarylsulfinyl group (preferably a heteroarylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a ureido group (preferably a ureido group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) ), hydroxy group, nitro group, carboxy group, sulfo group, phosphoric acid group, carboxylic acid amide group, sulfonamide group, imide group, phosphino group, mercapto group, cyano group, alkylsulfino group, arylsulfino group, arylazo group, heteroarylazo group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamino group, silyl group, hydrazino group, imino group. These groups may further have a substituent when the group is a substitutable group. Examples of the substituent include the groups described above for the substituent T.
 特定化合物の極大吸収波長は、波長650nm以上に存在することが好ましく、波長650~1500nmの範囲に存在することがより好ましく、波長700~1200nmの範囲に存在することが更に好ましく、波長700~1000nmの範囲に存在することが特に好ましい。 The maximum absorption wavelength of the specific compound is preferably present in a wavelength range of 650 nm or more, more preferably in a wavelength range of 650 to 1500 nm, even more preferably in a wavelength range of 700 to 1200 nm, and even more preferably in a wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm. It is particularly preferable that it exists in the range of .
 特定化合物の具体例としては、下記に記載の化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the specific compound include, but are not limited to, the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(他の赤外線吸収剤)
 本発明の組成物は、上述した特定化合物以外の赤外線吸収剤(他の赤外線吸収剤)を含有することができる。更に他の赤外線吸収剤を含有することで、より幅広い波長範囲の赤外線を遮蔽できる膜を形成することができる。他の赤外線吸収剤は、染料であってもよく、顔料(粒子)であってもよい。他の赤外線吸収剤としては、ピロロピロール化合物、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ジチオレン金属錯体、金属酸化物、金属ホウ化物等が挙げられる。ピロロピロール化合物としては、特開2009-263614号公報の段落番号0016~0058に記載の化合物、特開2011-068731号公報の段落番号0037~0052に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/166873号の段落番号0010~0033に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。スクアリリウム化合物としては、特開2011-208101号公報の段落番号0044~0049に記載の化合物、特許第6065169号公報の段落番号0060~0061に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0040に記載の化合物、特開2015-176046号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0072に記載の化合物Q―1~Q―10、特開2016-074649号公報の段落番号0196~0228に記載の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報の段落番号0124に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/135359号に記載の化合物、特開2017-114956号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/120166号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。シアニン化合物としては、特開2009-108267号公報の段落番号0044~0045に記載の化合物、特開2002-194040号公報の段落番号0026~0030に記載の化合物、特開2015-172004号公報に記載の化合物、特開2015-172102号公報に記載の化合物、特開2008-088426号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0090に記載の化合物、特開2017-031394号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。クロコニウム化合物としては、特開2017-082029号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。イミニウム化合物としては、例えば、特表2008-528706号公報に記載の化合物、特開2012-012399号公報に記載の化合物、特開2007-092060号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2018/043564号の段落番号0048~0063に記載の化合物が挙げられる。フタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物、特開2006-343631号公報に記載のオキシチタニウムフタロシアニン、特開2013-195480号公報の段落番号0013~0029に記載の化合物、特許第6081771号公報に記載のバナジウムフタロシアニン化合物、国際公開第2020/071470号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。ナフタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物が挙げられる。ジチオレン金属錯体としては、特許第5733804号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。金属酸化物としては、例えば、酸化インジウムスズ、酸化アンチモンスズ、酸化亜鉛、Alドープ酸化亜鉛、フッ素ドープ二酸化スズ、ニオブドープ二酸化チタン、酸化タングステンなどが挙げられる。酸化タングステンの詳細については、特開2016-006476号公報の段落番号0080を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。金属ホウ化物としては、ホウ化ランタンなどが挙げられる。ホウ化ランタンの市販品としては、LaB-F(日本新金属(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、金属ホウ化物としては、国際公開第2017/119394号に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。酸化インジウムスズの市販品としては、F-ITO(DOWAハイテック(株)製)などが挙げられる。
(Other infrared absorbers)
The composition of the present invention can contain an infrared absorber (another infrared absorber) other than the specific compound mentioned above. Furthermore, by containing other infrared absorbers, it is possible to form a film that can block infrared rays in a wider wavelength range. Other infrared absorbers may be dyes or pigments (particles). Other infrared absorbers include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, and pyrromethene compounds. , azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, and the like. Examples of pyrrolopyrrole compounds include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0058 of JP2009-263614A, compounds described in paragraphs 0037 to 0052 of JP2011-068731A, and compounds described in WO2015/166873A. Examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010 to 0033. Examples of squarylium compounds include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0049 of JP-A No. 2011-208101, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph number 0040 of International Publication No. 2016/181987. Compounds described in JP 2015-176046, compounds Q-1 to Q-10 described in paragraph number 0072 of WO 2016/190162, paragraph number JP 2016-074649 Compounds described in 0196 to 0228, compounds described in paragraph number 0124 of JP 2017-067963, compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/135359, compounds described in JP 2017-114956, International Publication Examples include compounds described in No. 2016/120166. Examples of cyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0045 of JP 2009-108267, compounds described in paragraph 0026 to 0030 of JP 2002-194040, and compounds described in JP 2015-172004. Compounds described in JP 2015-172102, compounds described in JP 2008-088426, compounds described in paragraph number 0090 of WO 2016/190162, JP 2017-031394 Examples include the compounds described in . Examples of the croconium compound include compounds described in JP-A No. 2017-082029. Examples of iminium compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-528706, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-012399, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-092060, and International Publication No. 2018/043564. Examples include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0048 to 0063 of . Examples of phthalocyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A No. 2012-077153, oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP-A 2006-343631, and paragraphs 0013 to 0029 of JP-A 2013-195480. , the vanadium phthalocyanine compound described in Patent No. 6081771, and the compound described in International Publication No. 2020/071470. Examples of naphthalocyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A No. 2012-077153. Examples of the dithiolene metal complex include compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5733804. Examples of the metal oxide include indium tin oxide, antimony tin oxide, zinc oxide, Al-doped zinc oxide, fluorine-doped tin dioxide, niobium-doped titanium dioxide, and tungsten oxide. For details on tungsten oxide, paragraph number 0080 of JP-A-2016-006476 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Examples of metal borides include lanthanum boride. Commercially available lanthanum boride products include LaB 6 -F (manufactured by Nippon Shinkinzoku Co., Ltd.). Moreover, as a metal boride, the compound described in International Publication No. 2017/119394 can also be used. Commercially available indium tin oxide products include F-ITO (manufactured by DOWA Hitech Co., Ltd.).
 また、赤外線吸収剤としては、特開2017-197437号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-025311号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2016/154782号に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5884953号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第6036689号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5810604号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2017/213047号の段落番号0090~0107に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2018-054760号公報の段落番号0019~0075に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-040955号公報の段落番号0078~0082に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-002773号公報の段落番号0043~0069に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-041047号公報の段落番号0024~0086に記載のアミドα位に芳香環を有するスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-179131号公報に記載のアミド連結型スクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-141215号公報に記載のピロールビス型スクアリリウム骨格又はクロコニウム骨格を有する化合物、特開2017-082029号公報に記載されたジヒドロカルバゾールビス型のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-068120号公報の段落番号0027~0114に記載の非対称型の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報に記載されたピロール環含有化合物(カルバゾール型)、特許第6251530号公報に記載されたフタロシアニン化合物などを用いることもできる。 In addition, as infrared absorbers, squarylium compounds described in JP2017-197437A, squarylium compounds described in JP2017-025311A, squarylium compounds described in International Publication No. 2016/154782, and Japanese Patent No. 5884953 Squarylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6036689, squarylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5810604, squarylium compounds described in paragraphs 0090 to 0107 of International Publication No. 2017/213047, Pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in paragraph numbers 0019 to 0075 of JP-A No. 2018-054760, pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in paragraph numbers 0078 to 0082 of JP-A No. 2018-040955, paragraphs of JP-A No. 2018-002773 Pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in Nos. 0043 to 0069, squarylium compounds having an aromatic ring at the amide α-position described in paragraph numbers 0024 to 0086 of JP 2018-041047, and amides described in JP 2017-179131. Linked squarylium compounds, compounds having a pyrrole bis-type squarylium skeleton or croconium skeleton described in JP 2017-141215, dihydrocarbazole bis-type squarylium compounds described in JP 2017-082029, JP 2017-068120 Asymmetric compounds described in paragraph numbers 0027 to 0114 of the publication, pyrrole ring-containing compounds (carbazole type) described in JP 2017-067963, phthalocyanine compounds described in Patent No. 6251530, etc. are used. You can also do that.
 他の赤外線吸収剤として、欧州特許第3628645号明細書の段落番号0025に記載の下記式で表される酸化タングステンを用いることもできる。
 M (P(O)
 M、Mはアンモニウムカチオンまたは金属カチオンを表し、aは0.01~0.5であり、bは0~0.5であり、cは1であり、dは2.5~3であり、eは0.01~0.75であり、nは1、2または3であり、mは1、2または3であり、Rは、置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基を表す。
As another infrared absorber, tungsten oxide represented by the following formula described in paragraph number 0025 of European Patent No. 3,628,645 can also be used.
M 1 a M 2 b W c O d (P(O) n R m ) e
M 1 and M 2 represent ammonium cations or metal cations, a is 0.01 to 0.5, b is 0 to 0.5, c is 1, and d is 2.5 to 3. , e is 0.01 to 0.75, n is 1, 2 or 3, m is 1, 2 or 3, and R represents a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. represent.
 赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.1質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、3質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。赤外線吸収剤の含有量の上限は、50質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 上述した特定化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.1質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、3質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上述した特定化合物の含有量の上限は、50質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 本発明の組成物が他の赤外線吸収剤を含有する場合、他の赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、上述した特定化合物の100質量部に対し1~100質量部であることが好ましく、3~60質量部であることがより好ましく、5~40質量部であることが更に好ましい。
The content of the infrared absorber is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the composition. , more preferably 3% by mass or more, particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content of the infrared absorber is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
The content of the above-mentioned specific compound is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and still more preferably 1% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the composition. It is preferably at least 3% by mass, even more preferably at least 5% by mass. The upper limit of the content of the specific compound mentioned above is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
When the composition of the present invention contains other infrared absorbers, the content of the other infrared absorbers is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass, and 3 to 60 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned specific compound. It is more preferably 5 to 40 parts by weight, and even more preferably 5 to 40 parts by weight.
<<褐色防止剤>>
 本発明の組成物は褐色防止剤を含む。本発明の組成物に含まれる褐色防止剤は、以下に示す条件1または条件2を満たすものであり、より耐熱性に優れた膜を形成することができるという理由から以下に示す条件1を満たすものであることが好ましい。
<<Anti-browning agent>>
The compositions of the present invention include an antibrowning agent. The anti-browning agent contained in the composition of the present invention satisfies Condition 1 or Condition 2 shown below, and satisfies Condition 1 shown below because it can form a film with better heat resistance. Preferably.
 条件1:褪色防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種と、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、消光剤および一重項酸素消去剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種とを含む。
 条件2:褪色防止剤は、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤および一重項酸素消去剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種と、消光剤と、を含む。
Condition 1: The antifading agent is at least one selected from the group consisting of phosphorus antioxidants and sulfur antioxidants, a phenolic antioxidant, an amine antioxidant, a quencher, and a singlet oxygen scavenger. At least one species selected from the group consisting of:
Condition 2: The anti-fading agent contains at least one selected from the group consisting of phenolic antioxidants, amine antioxidants, and singlet oxygen quenchers, and a quencher.
 上記条件1を満たす褐色防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤の合計100質量部に対して、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、消光剤および一重項酸素消去剤を合計で10~1000質量部含有することが好ましい。上限は、500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。上記含有量が上記範囲であれば、膜の耐光性と耐熱性をより向上でき、かつ、組成物の保存安定性も向上させることができる。 The browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 1 is a phenolic antioxidant, an amine antioxidant, a quencher, and a singlet oxygen scavenger, based on a total of 100 parts by mass of a phosphorus antioxidant and a sulfur antioxidant. It is preferable to contain 10 to 1000 parts by mass in total. The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more. When the content is within the above range, the light resistance and heat resistance of the film can be further improved, and the storage stability of the composition can also be improved.
 上記条件1を満たす褐色防止剤の一態様として、リン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤の合計100質量部に対して、フェノール系酸化防止剤を10~1000質量部含有する態様が挙げられる。上限は、500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。 One embodiment of the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 1 includes an embodiment containing 10 to 1000 parts by mass of a phenolic antioxidant based on a total of 100 parts by mass of a phosphorus antioxidant and a sulfur antioxidant. . The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
 上記条件1を満たす褐色防止剤の別の態様として、リン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤の合計100質量部に対して、アミン系酸化防止剤を10~1000質量部含有する態様が挙げられる。上限は、500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。 Another embodiment of the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 1 is an embodiment in which the amine antioxidant is contained in an amount of 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on a total of 100 parts by mass of the phosphorus antioxidant and the sulfur antioxidant. It will be done. The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
 上記条件1を満たす褐色防止剤の別の態様として、リン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤の合計100質量部に対して、消光剤を10~1000質量部含有する態様が挙げられる。上限は、500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。 Another embodiment of the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 1 includes an embodiment in which the quencher is contained in an amount of 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on a total of 100 parts by mass of the phosphorus antioxidant and the sulfur antioxidant. The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
 上記条件1を満たす褐色防止剤の別の態様として、リン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤の合計100質量部に対して、一重項酸素消去剤を10~1000質量部含有する態様が挙げられる。上限は、500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。 Another embodiment of the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 1 is an embodiment in which the singlet oxygen scavenger is contained in an amount of 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on a total of 100 parts by mass of the phosphorus antioxidant and the sulfur antioxidant. It will be done. The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
 上記条件2を満たす褐色防止剤は、消光剤100質量部に対して、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤および一重項酸素消去剤を合計で10~1000質量部含有することが好ましい。上限は、500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。 The browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 2 preferably contains a total of 10 to 1000 parts by mass of a phenolic antioxidant, an amine antioxidant, and a singlet oxygen scavenger based on 100 parts by mass of the quencher. The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
 上記条件2を満たす褐色防止剤の一態様として、消光剤100質量部に対して、フェノール系酸化防止剤を10~1000質量部含有する態様が挙げられる。上限は、500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。 One embodiment of the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 2 is an embodiment containing 10 to 1000 parts by mass of a phenolic antioxidant per 100 parts by mass of the quencher. The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
 上記条件2を満たす褐色防止剤の別の態様として、消光剤100質量部に対して、アミン系酸化防止剤を10~1000質量部含有する態様が挙げられる。上限は、500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。 Another embodiment of the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 2 includes an embodiment in which the amine antioxidant is contained in an amount of 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the quencher. The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
 上記条件2を満たす褐色防止剤の別の態様として、消光剤100質量部に対して、一重項酸素消去剤を10~1000質量部含有する態様が挙げられる。上限は、500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。 Another embodiment of the browning inhibitor that satisfies the above condition 2 is an embodiment in which the singlet oxygen quencher is contained in an amount of 10 to 1000 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the quencher. The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
 上記条件2を満たす褐色防止剤は、更に、リン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい。リン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤の合計の含有量は、消光剤100質量部に対して1000質量部以下であることが好ましく、500質量部以下であることがより好ましく、200質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、10質量部以上とすることができ、20質量部以上とすることができる。 The browning inhibitor that satisfies Condition 2 above may further contain at least one selected from the group consisting of phosphorus-based antioxidants and sulfur-based antioxidants. The total content of the phosphorus-based antioxidant and the sulfur-based antioxidant is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and 200 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the quencher. It is more preferable that it is the following. The lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more.
 本発明で用いられる褐色防止剤の好ましい一態様として、褐色防止剤がリン系酸化防止剤とフェノール系酸化防止剤とを含むものである態様が挙げられる。この態様の褐色防止剤によれば、より耐光性及び耐熱性に優れた膜を形成することができる。この態様の褐色防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤100質量部に対してフェノール系酸化防止剤を10~1000質量部含有することが好ましい。上限は、500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。
 この態様の褐色防止剤は、更に、アミン系酸化防止剤、消光剤および一重項酸素消去剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい。これらを含むことにより、膜の耐光性と耐熱性をより向上させることができる。アミン系酸化防止剤の含有量は、リン系酸化防止剤100質量部に対して1000質量部以下であることが好ましく、500質量部以下であることがより好ましく、200質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、10質量部以上とすることができ、20質量部以上とすることができる。消光剤の含有量は、リン系酸化防止剤100質量部に対して1000質量部以下であることが好ましく、500質量部以下であることがより好ましく、200質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、10質量部以上とすることができ、20質量部以上とすることができる。一重項酸素消去剤の含有量は、リン系酸化防止剤100質量部に対して1000質量部以下であることが好ましく、500質量部以下であることがより好ましく、200質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、10質量部以上とすることができ、20質量部以上とすることができる。
A preferable embodiment of the browning inhibitor used in the present invention is one in which the browning inhibitor contains a phosphorus antioxidant and a phenolic antioxidant. According to the anti-browning agent of this embodiment, a film with better light resistance and heat resistance can be formed. The browning inhibitor of this embodiment preferably contains 10 to 1000 parts by mass of the phenolic antioxidant per 100 parts by mass of the phosphorus antioxidant. The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
The browning inhibitor of this embodiment may further contain at least one selected from the group consisting of amine antioxidants, quenchers, and singlet oxygen scavengers. By including these, the light resistance and heat resistance of the film can be further improved. The content of the amine antioxidant is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and preferably 200 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the phosphorus antioxidant. More preferred. The lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more. The content of the quencher is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 200 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the phosphorous antioxidant. The lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more. The content of the singlet oxygen scavenger is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and preferably 200 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the phosphorous antioxidant. More preferred. The lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more.
 本発明で用いられる褐色防止剤が、リン系酸化防止剤とフェノール系酸化防止剤とを含むものである場合、リン系酸化防止剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.1~20質量%であることが好ましい。下限は0.2質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は15質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、リン系酸化防止剤の含有量は特定化合物の100質量部に対して1~1000質量部であることが好ましい。上限は500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、2質量部以上であることが好ましく、5質量部以上であることがより好ましい。
When the browning inhibitor used in the present invention contains a phosphorus antioxidant and a phenolic antioxidant, the content of the phosphorus antioxidant is 0.1 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % is preferable. The lower limit is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
Further, the content of the phosphorus antioxidant is preferably 1 to 1000 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the specific compound. The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
 本発明で用いられる褐色防止剤の他の好ましい態様として、褐色防止剤が硫黄系酸化防止剤とフェノール系酸化防止剤とを含むものである態様が挙げられる。この態様の褐色防止剤によれば、組成物の保存安定性をより向上させることができる。この態様の褐色防止剤は、硫黄系酸化防止剤100質量部に対してフェノール系酸化防止剤を10~1000質量部含有することが好ましい。上限は、500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、20質量部以上であることが好ましく、50質量部以上であることがより好ましい。
 この態様の褐色防止剤は、更に、アミン系酸化防止剤、消光剤および一重項酸素消去剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい。これらを含むことにより、膜の耐光性と耐熱性をより向上させることができる。アミン系酸化防止剤の含有量は、リン系酸化防止剤100質量部に対して1000質量部以下であることが好ましく、500質量部以下であることがより好ましく、200質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、10質量部以上とすることができ、20質量部以上とすることができる。消光剤の含有量は、リン系酸化防止剤100質量部に対して1000質量部以下であることが好ましく、500質量部以下であることがより好ましく、200質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、10質量部以上とすることができ、20質量部以上とすることができる。一重項酸素消去剤の含有量は、リン系酸化防止剤100質量部に対して1000質量部以下であることが好ましく、500質量部以下であることがより好ましく、200質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、10質量部以上とすることができ、20質量部以上とすることができる。
Another preferred embodiment of the browning inhibitor used in the present invention is one in which the browning inhibitor contains a sulfur-based antioxidant and a phenolic antioxidant. According to the anti-browning agent of this aspect, the storage stability of the composition can be further improved. The browning inhibitor of this embodiment preferably contains 10 to 1000 parts by mass of the phenolic antioxidant per 100 parts by mass of the sulfur-based antioxidant. The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more.
The browning inhibitor of this embodiment may further contain at least one selected from the group consisting of amine antioxidants, quenchers, and singlet oxygen scavengers. By including these, the light resistance and heat resistance of the film can be further improved. The content of the amine antioxidant is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and preferably 200 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the phosphorus antioxidant. More preferred. The lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more. The content of the quencher is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 200 parts by mass or less, based on 100 parts by mass of the phosphorous antioxidant. The lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more. The content of the singlet oxygen scavenger is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less, and preferably 200 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the phosphorous antioxidant. More preferred. The lower limit can be 10 parts by mass or more, and can be 20 parts by mass or more.
 本発明で用いられる褐色防止剤が、硫黄系酸化防止剤とフェノール系酸化防止剤とを含むものである場合、硫黄系酸化防止剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.1~20質量%であることが好ましい。下限は0.2質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は15質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、硫黄系酸化防止剤の含有量は特定化合物の100質量部に対して1~1000質量部であることが好ましい。上限は500質量部以下であることが好ましく、200質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、2質量部以上であることが好ましく、5質量部以上であることがより好ましい。
When the browning inhibitor used in the present invention contains a sulfur-based antioxidant and a phenolic antioxidant, the content of the sulfur-based antioxidant is 0.1 to 20% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % is preferable. The lower limit is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 15% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less.
Further, the content of the sulfur-based antioxidant is preferably 1 to 1000 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the specific compound. The upper limit is preferably 500 parts by mass or less, more preferably 200 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
 本発明で用いられる褐色防止剤の分子量は、2000以下であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがより好ましく、膜の耐光性と耐熱性をより向上させることができるという理由から1170以下であることが更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the anti-browning agent used in the present invention is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and 1170 or less because it can further improve the light resistance and heat resistance of the film. More preferably.
 次に、褪色防止剤として用いられる各素材について説明する。 Next, each material used as an anti-fading agent will be explained.
(リン系酸化防止剤)
 リン系酸化防止剤としては、式(b1)で表される化合物、および、式(b1)のRb1、Rb2およびRb3の少なくとも一つから一個の水素原子を取り除いた構造b1-1を1分子中に2個以上有する化合物が挙げられる。
(phosphorus antioxidant)
As the phosphorus antioxidant, a compound represented by formula (b1) and a structure b1-1 obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from at least one of R b1 , R b2 and R b3 of formula (b1) are used. Examples include compounds having two or more in one molecule.
 式(b1)中、Rb1およびRb2は、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基またはハロゲン原子を表し、Rb3はアルキル基またはアリール基を表す。Rb1、Rb2およびRb3の少なくとも二つは、連結基または単結合を介して連結してもよい。 In formula (b1), R b1 and R b2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a halogen atom, and R b3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. At least two of R b1 , R b2 and R b3 may be linked via a linking group or a single bond.
 Rb1~Rb3が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
 Rb1~Rb3が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
 Rb1およびRb2が表すアルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルコキシ基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
 Rb1およびRb2が表すアリールオキシ基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。アリールオキシ基は置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
 Rb1およびRb2が表すハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R b1 to R b3 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R b1 to R b3 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group represented by R b1 and R b2 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkoxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryloxy group represented by R b1 and R b2 is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 12. The aryloxy group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
Examples of the halogen atom represented by R b1 and R b2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 リン系酸化防止剤について、上記構造b1-1を1分子中に2個以上有する化合物としては、複数個の上記構造b1-1同士を単結合または連結基を介して結合した構造の化合物が挙げられる。
 複数個の上記構造b1-1同士を結合する連結基としては、炭化水素基、複素環基、-O-、-S-、-NR-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO-、および、これらの基を2以上組み合わせた基が挙げられる。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。
 炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、芳香族炭化水素基であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、環状であってもよく、非環状であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよい。炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては後述の置換基Tが挙げられる。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基、および、芳香族炭化水素基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。
 複素環基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子などが挙げられる。
Regarding phosphorus-based antioxidants, examples of compounds having two or more of the above structures b1-1 in one molecule include compounds having a structure in which a plurality of the above structures b1-1 are bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. It will be done.
Examples of the linking group that connects the plurality of structures b1-1 are a hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NR-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, - Examples include SO 2 - and a combination of two or more of these groups. R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
The hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be cyclic or acyclic. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described below. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or fused rings.
The heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like.
 リン系酸化防止剤の分子量は、2000以下であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがより好ましく、1170以下であることが更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the phosphorus antioxidant is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and even more preferably 1170 or less.
 リン系酸化防止剤の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物b-1~b-6などが挙げられる。また、リン系酸化防止剤の具体例として、トリフェニルホスファイト、ジイソオクチルホスファイト、ヘプタキス(ジプロピレングリコール)トリホスファイト、トリイソデシルホスファイト、ジフェニルイソオクチルホスファイト、ジイソオクチルフェニルホスファイト、ジフェニルトリデシルホスファイト、トリイソオクチルホスファイト、トリラウリルホスファイト、ジフェニルホスファイト、トリス(ジプロピレングリコール)ホスファイト、ジオレイルヒドロゲンホスファイト、トリラウリルトリチオホスファイト、ビス(トリデシル)ホスファイト、トリス(イソデシル)ホスファイト、トリス(トリデシル)ホスファイト、ジフェニルデシルホスファイト、ジノニルフェニルビス(ノニルフェニル)ホスファイト、ポリ(ジプロピレングリコール)フェニルホスファイト、テトラフェニルジプロピルグリコールジホスファイト、トリスノニルフェニルホスファイト、トリス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)ホスファイト、トリス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-5-メチルフェニル)ホスファイト、トリス〔2-tert-ブチル-4-(3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニルチオ)-5-メチルフェニル〕ホスファイト、トリ(デシル)ホスファイト、オクチルジフェニルホスファイト、ジ(デシル)モノフェニルホスファイト、ジステアリルペンタエリスリトールとステアリン酸カルシウム塩との混合物、アルキル(C10)ビスフェノールAホスファイト、テトラフェニル-テトラ(トリデシル)ペンタエリスリトールテトラホスファイト、ビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)エチルホスファイト、テトラ(トリデシル)イソプロピリデンジフェノールジホスファイト、テトラ(トリデシル)-4,4’-n-ブチリデンビス(2-tert-ブチル-5-メチルフェノール)ジホスファイト、ヘキサ(トリデシル)-1,1,3-トリス(2-メチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-tert-ブチルフェニル)ブタントリホスファイト、テトラキス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)ビフェニレンジホスホナイト、9,10-ジハイドロ-9-オキサ-10-ホスファフェナントレン-10-オキサイド、(1-メチル-1-プロペニル-3-イリデン)トリス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)-5-メチル-4,1-フェニレン)ヘキサトリデシルホスファイト、2,2’-メチレンビス(4,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)-2-エチルヘキシルホスファイト、2,2’-メチレンビス(4,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)-オクタデシルホスファイト、2,2’-エチリデンビス(4,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)フルオロホスファイト、4,4’-ブチリデンビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェニルジトリデシル)ホスファイト、トリス(2-〔(2,4,8,10-テトラキス-tert-ブチルジベンゾ〔d,f〕〔1,3,2〕ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル)オキシ〕エチル)アミン、3,9-ビス(4-ノニルフェノキシ)-2,4,8,10-テトラオキサ-3,9-ジホスフェススピロ[5,5]ウンデカン、2,4,6-トリ-tert-ブチルフェニル-2-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3-プロパンジオールホスファイト、ポリ4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノールC12-15アルコールホスファイト、ビス(ジイソデシル)ペンタエリスリトールジホスファイト、ビス(トリデシル)ペンタエリスリトールジホスファイト、ビス(オクタデシル)ペンタエリスリトールジホスファイト、ビス(ノニルフェニル)ペンタエリスリトールジホスファイト、ビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)ペンタエリスリトールジホスファイト、ビス(2,4,6-トリ-tert-ブチルフェニル)ペンタエリスリトールジホスファイト、ビス(2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェニル)ペンタエリスリトールジホスファイト、ビス(2,4-ジクミルフェニル)ペンタエリスリトールジホスファイト等も挙げられる。 Specific examples of phosphorous antioxidants include compounds b-1 to b-6 described in Examples below. Specific examples of phosphorus antioxidants include triphenyl phosphite, diisooctyl phosphite, heptakis (dipropylene glycol) triphosphite, triisodecyl phosphite, diphenyl isooctyl phosphite, and diisooctylphenyl phosphite. , diphenyltridecyl phosphite, triisooctyl phosphite, trilauryl phosphite, diphenyl phosphite, tris(dipropylene glycol) phosphite, dioleyl hydrogen phosphite, trilauryl trithiophosphite, bis(tridecyl) phosphite , tris(isodecyl) phosphite, tris(tridecyl) phosphite, diphenyldecyl phosphite, dinonylphenyl bis(nonylphenyl) phosphite, poly(dipropylene glycol) phenyl phosphite, tetraphenyldipropyl glycol diphosphite, Trisnonylphenyl phosphite, tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite, tris(2,4-di-tert-butyl-5-methylphenyl) phosphite, tris[2-tert-butyl- 4-(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenylthio)-5-methylphenyl]phosphite, tri(decyl)phosphite, octyldiphenylphosphite, di(decyl)monophenylphosphite, di Mixture of stearyl pentaerythritol and calcium stearate, alkyl (C10) bisphenol A phosphite, tetraphenyl-tetra(tridecyl) pentaerythritol tetraphosphite, bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) Ethyl phosphite, tetra(tridecyl)isopropylidene diphenol diphosphite, tetra(tridecyl)-4,4'-n-butylidenebis(2-tert-butyl-5-methylphenol) diphosphite, hexa(tridecyl)-1, 1,3-tris(2-methyl-4-hydroxy-5-tert-butylphenyl)butane triphosphite, tetrakis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)biphenylene diphosphonite, 9,10-dihydro-9 -Oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide, (1-methyl-1-propenyl-3-ylidene)tris(1,1-dimethylethyl)-5-methyl-4,1-phenylene)hexatridecylphos phyto, 2,2'-methylenebis(4,6-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2-ethylhexylphosphite, 2,2'-methylenebis(4,6-di-tert-butylphenyl)-octadecylphosphite, 2,2'-ethylidenebis(4,6-di-tert-butylphenyl)fluorophosphite, 4,4'-butylidenebis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenylditridecyl)phosphite, tris(2- [(2,4,8,10-tetrakis-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl)oxy]ethyl)amine, 3,9-bis( 4-nonylphenoxy)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxa-3,9-diphosphespiro[5,5]undecane, 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenyl-2-butyl-2- Ethyl-1,3-propanediol phosphite, poly4,4'-isopropylidenediphenol C12-15 alcohol phosphite, bis(diisodecyl)pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(tridecyl)pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis( octadecyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(nonylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(2,4,6-tri-tert- butylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(2,4-dicumylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, etc. It will be done.
(硫黄系酸化防止剤)
 硫黄系酸化防止剤としては、式(e1)で表される化合物、および、式(e1)のRe1およびRe2の少なくとも一つから一個の水素原子を取り除いた構造e1-1を1分子中に2個以上有する化合物が挙げられる。
(Sulfur-based antioxidant)
As a sulfur-based antioxidant, a compound represented by formula (e1) and a structure e1-1 obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from at least one of R e1 and R e2 of formula (e1) are used in one molecule. Examples include compounds having two or more.
 式(e1)中、Re1およびRe2は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基を表し、Re1とRe2は、連結基または単結合を介して連結してもよい。 In formula (e1), R e1 and R e2 each independently represent an alkyl group, and R e1 and R e2 may be connected via a linking group or a single bond.
 Re1およびRe2が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。例えば、アルコキシ基などが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R e1 and R e2 is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, and even more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T. For example, an alkoxy group may be mentioned.
 硫黄系酸化防止剤について、上記構造e1-1を1分子中に2個以上有する化合物としては、複数個の上記構造e1-1同士を単結合または連結基を介して結合した構造の化合物が挙げられる。
 複数個の上記構造e1-1同士を結合する連結基としては、炭化水素基、複素環基、-O-、-S-、-NR-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO-、および、これらの基を2以上組み合わせた基が挙げられる。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。
 炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、芳香族炭化水素基であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、環状であってもよく、非環状であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよい。炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては後述の置換基Tが挙げられる。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基、および、芳香族炭化水素基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。
 複素環基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子などが挙げられる。
Regarding sulfur-based antioxidants, examples of compounds having two or more of the above structures e1-1 in one molecule include compounds having a structure in which a plurality of the above structures e1-1 are bonded to each other via a single bond or a linking group. It will be done.
The linking group that connects the plurality of structures e1-1 is a hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NR-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, - Examples include SO 2 - and a combination of two or more of these groups. R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
The hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be cyclic or acyclic. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described below. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or fused rings.
The heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like.
 硫黄系酸化防止剤の分子量は、2000以下であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがより好ましく、1170以下であることが更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the sulfur-based antioxidant is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and even more preferably 1170 or less.
 硫黄系酸化防止剤の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物e-1~e-4などが挙げられる。また、硫黄系酸化防止剤の具体例として、テトラキス[メチレン-3-(ラウリルチオ)プロピオネート]メタン、ビス(メチル-4-[3-n-アルキル(C12/C14)チオプロピオニルオキシ]5-tert-ブチルフェニル)スルファイド、ジトリデシル-3,3’-チオジプロピオネート、ジラウリル-3,3’-チオジプロピオネート、ジミリスチル-3,3’-チオジプロピオネート、ジステアリル-3,3’-チオジプロピオネート、ラウリル/ステアリルチオジプロピオネート、4,4’-チオビス(6-tert-ブチル-m-クレゾール)、2,2’-チオビス(6-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール)、ジステアリル-ジサルファイド、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール、2-メルカプトメチルベンゾイミダゾール、ジテトラデシルチオジプロピオネート、ジオクタデシルチオジプロピオネート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-ドデシルチオプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-ラウリルチオプロピオネート)等も挙げられる。 Specific examples of sulfur-based antioxidants include compounds e-1 to e-4 described in Examples below. Specific examples of sulfur-based antioxidants include tetrakis[methylene-3-(laurylthio)propionate]methane, bis(methyl-4-[3-n-alkyl(C12/C14)thiopropionyloxy]5-tert- butylphenyl) sulfide, ditridecyl-3,3'-thiodipropionate, dilauryl-3,3'-thiodipropionate, dimyristyl-3,3'-thiodipropionate, distearyl-3,3'-thio Dipropionate, lauryl/stearyl thiodipropionate, 4,4'-thiobis(6-tert-butyl-m-cresol), 2,2'-thiobis(6-tert-butyl-p-cresol), distearyl -Disulfide, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptomethylbenzimidazole, ditetradecylthiodipropionate, dioctadecylthiodipropionate, pentaerythritoltetrakis (3-dodecylthiopropionate), pentaerythritoltetrakis (3-dodecylthiopropionate), - lauryl thiopropionate) and the like.
(フェノール系酸化防止剤)
 フェノール系酸化防止剤としては、式(a1)~式(a3)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
(phenolic antioxidant)
Examples of the phenolic antioxidant include compounds represented by formulas (a1) to (a3).
 式中、Ra1~Ra5は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、nは1以上の整数を表し、nが1の場合は、La1は水素原子または置換基を表し、nが2以上の場合は、La1はn価の連結基を表す。
 ただし、式(a1)のRa1~Ra4の少なくとも一つは、アルキル基であり、式(a2)のRa2~Ra5の少なくとも一つは、アルキル基であり、式(a3)のRa2~Ra5の少なくとも一つは、アルキル基である。
In the formula, R a1 to R a5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and when n is 1, L a1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and n is 2 or more, L a1 represents an n-valent linking group.
However, at least one of R a1 to R a4 in formula (a1) is an alkyl group, at least one of R a2 to R a5 in formula (a2) is an alkyl group, and R in formula (a3) is an alkyl group. At least one of a2 to R a5 is an alkyl group.
 Ra1~Ra5が表す置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituents represented by R a1 to R a5 include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
 式(a1)および式(a2)において、Ra2およびRa3の少なくとも一方がアルキル基であることが好ましく、Ra2およびRa3がそれぞれ独立してアルキル基であることがより好ましく、Ra2およびRa3がそれぞれ独立してアルキル基であり、かつ、Ra2およびRa3の少なくとも一方が分岐のアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。上記の分岐のアルキル基は、tert-ブチル基であることが好ましい。 In formulas (a1) and (a2), at least one of R a2 and R a3 is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably R a2 and R a3 are each independently an alkyl group, and R a2 and R a3 are each independently an alkyl group. It is further preferred that R a3 is each independently an alkyl group, and at least one of R a2 and R a3 is a branched alkyl group. The branched alkyl group mentioned above is preferably a tert-butyl group.
 式(a3)において、Ra3はアルキル基であることが好ましく、分岐のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。上記の分岐のアルキル基は、tert-ブチル基であることが好ましい。 In formula (a3), R a3 is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably a branched alkyl group. The branched alkyl group mentioned above is preferably a tert-butyl group.
 式(a1)~式(a3)において、nが1の場合は、La1は水素原子または置換基を表す。La1が表わす置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで説明した基が挙げられる。
 式(a1)~式(a3)において、nが2以上の場合は、La1はn価の連結基を表す。La1は表すn価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、複素環基、-O-、-S-、-NR-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO-、および、これらの基を2以上組み合わせた基が挙げられる。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。
 炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、芳香族炭化水素基であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、環状であってもよく、非環状であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよい。炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては後述の置換基Tが挙げられる。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基、および、芳香族炭化水素基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。
 複素環基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子などが挙げられる。
In formulas (a1) to (a3), when n is 1, L a1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by L a1 include the groups described for the substituent T above.
In formulas (a1) to (a3), when n is 2 or more, L a1 represents an n-valent linking group. The n-valent linking group represented by L a1 includes a hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NR-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -, and , a combination of two or more of these groups. R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
The hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be cyclic or acyclic. Further, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituent T described below. Further, the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or fused rings.
The heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like.
 式(a1)~式(a3)において、nは1以上の整数を表し、1~8の整数であることが好ましく、2~6の整数であることがより好ましく、2~4の整数であることが更に好ましい。 In formulas (a1) to (a3), n represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 8, more preferably an integer of 2 to 6, and an integer of 2 to 4. More preferably.
 フェノール系酸化防止剤の分子量は、2000以下であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがより好ましく、1170以下であることが更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the phenolic antioxidant is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and even more preferably 1170 or less.
 フェノール系酸化防止剤の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物a-1~a-8、国際公開第2019/065021号の段落番号0054に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール系酸化防止剤は、市販品を用いることもできる。市販品として入手できる代表例としては、アデカスタブAO-20、30、40、50、60、70、80(以上(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of phenolic antioxidants include compounds a-1 to a-8 described in Examples described later, compounds described in paragraph number 0054 of International Publication No. 2019/065021, and the like. Commercially available products can also be used as the phenolic antioxidant. Representative examples of commercially available products include ADEKA STAB AO-20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, and 80 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
(アミン系酸化防止剤)
 アミン系酸化防止剤としては、式(c1)~(c5)で表される化合物が挙げられ、式(c1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
(Amine antioxidant)
Examples of the amine antioxidant include compounds represented by formulas (c1) to (c5), with compounds represented by formula (c1) being preferred.
 式(c1)中、Rc1は、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基またはオキシラジカルを表し、Rc2~Rc5は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表し、nは1以上の整数を表し、nが1の場合は、Lc1は水素原子または置換基を表し、nが2以上の場合は、Lc1はn価の連結基を表す。Lc1が表す置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。Lc1は表すn価の連結基としては、La1は表すn価の連結基として説明した基が挙げられる。
 式(c1)のRc1は、アルキル基、アルコキシ基またはオキシラジカルであることが好ましく、アルキル基またはオキシラジカルであることがより好ましい。
 式(c1)のnは1~8の整数であることが好ましく、1~6の整数であることがより好ましく、1~4の整数であることが更に好ましい。
In formula (c1), R c1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an oxy radical, R c2 to R c5 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and n is 1 or more, and when n is 1, L c1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and when n is 2 or more, L c1 represents an n-valent linking group. Examples of the substituent represented by L c1 include the groups listed above for the substituent T. Examples of the n-valent linking group represented by L c1 include the groups described as the n-valent linking group represented by L a1 .
R c1 in formula (c1) is preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an oxy radical, and more preferably an alkyl group or an oxy radical.
In formula (c1), n is preferably an integer of 1 to 8, more preferably an integer of 1 to 6, and even more preferably an integer of 1 to 4.
 式(c2)中、Rc11およびRc12は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アシル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基またはカルバモイル基を表す。アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アシル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基およびカルバモイル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。 In formula (c2), R c11 and R c12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a carbamoyl group. The alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, acyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group and carbamoyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
 式(c3)中、Vc3は、水素原子または置換基を表し、Rc13~Rc16は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を表す。
 式(c4)中、Vc4は、水素原子または置換基を表し、Rc17~Rc20は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を表す。
 式(c5)中、Vc5~Vc8は、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、Vc5とVc6は結合して環を形成していてもよく、Vc7とVc8は結合して環を形成していてもよく、Rc21は水素原子または置換基を表す。
In formula (c3), V c3 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R c13 to R c16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In formula (c4), V c4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R c17 to R c20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In formula (c5), V c5 to V c8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, V c5 and V c6 may be combined to form a ring, and V c7 and V c8 are a bond. may form a ring, and R c21 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 Vc4~Vc8が表す置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられる。
 Rc13~Rc21が表す置換基としては、アルキル基及びアリール基が挙げられる。
Examples of the substituents represented by V c4 to V c8 include the groups listed above for the substituent T.
Examples of the substituents represented by R c13 to R c21 include an alkyl group and an aryl group.
 アミン系酸化防止剤の分子量は、2000以下であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがより好ましく、1170以下であることが更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the amine antioxidant is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1500 or less, and even more preferably 1170 or less.
 アミン系酸化防止剤の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物c-1~c-7などが挙げられる。アミン系酸化防止剤は、市販品を用いることもできる。市販品としては、アデカスタブLA-52、LA-57、LA-72、LA-77Y、LA-77G、LA-81、LA-82、LA-87、LA-402AF、LA-502XP((株)ADEKA製)、TINUVIN 765、TINUVIN 770 DF、TINUVIN XT 55 FB、TINUVIN 111 FDL、TINUVIN 783 FDL、TINUVIN 791 FB(BASF製)なども挙げられる。 Specific examples of amine antioxidants include compounds c-1 to c-7 described in Examples below. Commercially available amine antioxidants can also be used. Commercially available products include ADEKA STAB LA-52, LA-57, LA-72, LA-77Y, LA-77G, LA-81, LA-82, LA-87, LA-402AF, LA-502XP (ADEKA Co., Ltd.) ), TINUVIN 765, TINUVIN 770 DF, TINUVIN XT 55 FB, TINUVIN 111 FDL, TINUVIN 783 FDL, TINUVIN 791 FB (BAS (manufactured by F).
(消光剤)
 消光剤としては、特定化合物などの赤外線吸収剤の励起状態を失活させて特定化合物の酸化を抑制させる作用を有する化合物が挙げられる。消光剤としては、電子供与型消光剤および電子受容型消光剤が挙げられる。電子供与型消光剤とは、励起状態の化合物の二つのSOMO(single occupued molecular orbital)のうち、低エネルギー準位のSOMOに電子を供与したのち、化合物の高エネルギー準位のSOMOから電子を受け取ることにより励起状態の化合物を基底状態に失活させて消光させる作用を有する化合物である。電子受容型消光剤とは、励起状態の化合物の二つのSOMO(single occupued molecular orbital)のうち、高エネルギー準位のSOMOから電子を受け取ったのち、化合物の低エネルギー準位のSOMOに電子を供与することにより励起状態の化合物を基底状態に失活させて消光させる作用を有する化合物である。
(quencher)
Examples of the quencher include compounds that have the effect of deactivating the excited state of an infrared absorber such as a specific compound and suppressing oxidation of the specific compound. The quencher includes an electron-donating quencher and an electron-accepting quencher. An electron-donating quencher is one that donates electrons to the lower energy level SOMO of the two SOMOs (single occupied molecular orbitals) of a compound in an excited state, and then receives electrons from the higher energy level SOMO of the compound. This is a compound that has the effect of deactivating a compound in an excited state to a ground state and quenching the light. An electron-accepting quencher is one that receives electrons from the higher energy level SOMO of the two SOMOs (single occupied molecular orbitals) of a compound in an excited state, and then donates electrons to the lower energy level SOMO of the compound. This is a compound that has the effect of deactivating a compound in an excited state to a ground state and quenching the light.
 消光剤としては、式(d1)で表される化合物、式(d3)で表される化合物、式(d4)で表される化合物、式(d5)で表される化合物、式(d6)で表される化合物、式(d7)で表される化合物、式(d8)で表される化合物、及び式(d9)で表される化合物、ハイドロキノン類、アミノフェノール類、アミノナフトール類、3-ピラゾリジノン類、サッカリン及びそれらのプレカーサー、ピコリニウム類などが挙げられる。 Examples of the quencher include a compound represented by formula (d1), a compound represented by formula (d3), a compound represented by formula (d4), a compound represented by formula (d5), and a compound represented by formula (d6). Compounds represented by formula (d7), compounds represented by formula (d8), and compounds represented by formula (d9), hydroquinones, aminophenols, aminonaphthols, 3-pyrazolidinone saccharin and their precursors, picoliniums, etc.
 -式(d1)で表される化合物-
-Compound represented by formula (d1)-
 式(d1)中、Rd1はアルキル基、アシル基、スルホニル基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基又はトリアルキルシリル基を表し、
 Aは5員若しくは6員環を完成するに必要な非金属原子を表し、
 Rd2、Rd3及びRd4はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、アラルキル基、アラルコキシ基、
アルケニル基、アルケノキシ基、アシルアミノ基、ハロゲン原子、アルキルチオ基、ジアシルアミノ基、アリールチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アシル基又はスルホンアミド基を表す。
In formula (d1), R d1 represents an alkyl group, an acyl group, a sulfonyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group or a trialkylsilyl group,
A represents a nonmetallic atom necessary to complete a 5- or 6-membered ring,
R d2 , R d3 and R d4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, an aralkyl group, an aralkoxy group,
It represents an alkenyl group, an alkenoxy group, an acylamino group, a halogen atom, an alkylthio group, a diacylamino group, an arylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, or a sulfonamide group.
 なお、式(d1)で表される化合物には、環Aがスピロ原子を含む構造である、ビススピロ化合物も包含される。式(d1)で表される化合物の好ましい形態であるビススピロ化合物としては、式(d1-1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。式(d1-1)におけるRd5、Rd6、Rd7、及びRd8は、式(d1)におけるRd1、Rd2、Rd3、及びRd4と同義である。また、式(d1-1)におけるRd9、Rd10、Rd11、及びRd12は式(d1)におけるRd1、Rd2、Rd3、及びRd4と同義である。 Note that the compound represented by formula (d1) also includes a bisspiro compound in which ring A contains a spiro atom. The bisspiro compound, which is a preferred form of the compound represented by formula (d1), includes a compound represented by formula (d1-1). R d5 , R d6 , R d7 , and R d8 in formula (d1-1) have the same meanings as R d1 , R d2 , R d3 , and R d4 in formula (d1). Furthermore, R d9 , R d10 , R d11 , and R d12 in formula (d1-1) are synonymous with R d1 , R d2 , R d3 , and R d4 in formula (d1).
 -式(d3)で表される化合物-
-Compound represented by formula (d3)-
 式(d3)中、Rd13、Rd14、及びRd15は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、アリール基又は複素環基を表す。ただし、Rd13及びRd14は、各々窒素原子に直接結合している炭素原子にオキソ基、チオキソ基又はイミノ基が置換していることはない。Rd16は、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又は複素環基を表す。 In formula (d3), R d13 , R d14 , and R d15 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. However, in R d13 and R d14 , the carbon atom directly bonded to the nitrogen atom is not substituted with an oxo group, thioxo group, or imino group. R d16 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
 式(d3)で表される化合物の好ましい形態としては、式(d3-1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
A preferred form of the compound represented by formula (d3) is a compound represented by formula (d3-1).
 式(d3-1)のRd17及びRd18は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、アリール基又は複素環基を表す。ただし、Rd17及びRd18は、各々窒素原子に直接結合している炭素原子にオキソ基、チオキソ基又はイミノ基が置換していることはない。
 Rd19及びRd20は、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又は複素環基を表す。
 V、V、V及びVは各々水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 L、L及びLは、それぞれメチン基を表す。
 nは0又は1を表す。
R d17 and R d18 in formula (d3-1) each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. However, in R d17 and R d18 , the carbon atom directly bonded to the nitrogen atom is not substituted with an oxo group, thioxo group, or imino group.
R d19 and R d20 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
V 1 , V 2 , V 3 and V 4 each represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
L 1 , L 2 and L 3 each represent a methine group.
n 1 represents 0 or 1.
-式(d4)で表される化合物-
-Compound represented by formula (d4)-
 式(d4)中、RA1及びRA2はそれぞれ独立して、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アシルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基、アリールスルホニルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、メルカプト基又はアルキルチオ基を表し、
 Xは炭素原子と酸素原子及び/又は窒素原子とから構成され、-C(=O)-C(RA1)=C(RA2)-と共に5~6員環を構成する非金属原子群を表す。
In formula (d4), R A1 and R A2 each independently represent a hydroxy group, an amino group, an acylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a mercapto group, or an alkylthio group,
X is a group of nonmetallic atoms that is composed of a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, and/or a nitrogen atom, and together with -C(=O)-C(R A1 )=C(R A2 )- constitutes a 5- to 6-membered ring. represent.
 式(d4)のRA1及びRA2はヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基又はアリールスルホニルアミノ基が好ましく、ヒドロキシ基又はアミノ基がより好ましく、ヒドロキシ基がさらに好ましい。 R A1 and R A2 in formula (d4) are preferably a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group or an arylsulfonylamino group, more preferably a hydroxy group or an amino group, and even more preferably a hydroxy group.
 式(d4)のXは、少なくとも1つの-O-結合を有し、-C(RA3)(RA4)-、-C(RA5)=、-C(=O)-、-N(R)-及びN=の1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて構成されることが好ましい。ここで、RA3~RA5及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数6~15のアリール基、ヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基を表す。 X in formula (d4) has at least one -O- bond, -C(R A3 )(R A4 )-, -C(R A5 )=, -C(=O)-, -N( It is preferable to be composed of one or a combination of two or more of R a )- and N=. Here, R A3 to R A5 and R a each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or a carboxy group.
 式(d4)のXを介して形成される上記の5~6員環としては、シクロペンテノン環(2-シクロペンテン-1-オン環;形成された化合物はレダクチン酸となる)、フラノン環〔2(5H)-フラノン環〕、ジヒドロピラノン環〔3,4-ジヒドロ-2H-ピラン-4-オン環(2,3-ジヒドロ-4H-ピロン環)、3,6-ジヒドロ-2H-ピラン-2-オン環、3,6-ジヒドロ-2H-ピラン-6-オン環(5,6-ジヒドロ-2-ピロン環)〕、3,4-ジヒドロ-2H-ピロン環が挙げられ、シクロペンテノン環、フラノン環、ジヒドロピロン環が好ましく、フラノン環、ジヒドロピロン環がより好ましく、フラノン環が更に好ましい。これらの環は縮環していてもよく、この縮環する環としては、飽和環、不飽和環のいずれでもよい。 The above-mentioned 5- to 6-membered ring formed via X in formula (d4) includes a cyclopentenone ring (2-cyclopenten-1-one ring; the formed compound becomes reductin acid), a furanone ring [ 2(5H)-furanone ring], dihydropyranone ring [3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran-4-one ring (2,3-dihydro-4H-pyrone ring), 3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran -2-one ring, 3,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-6-one ring (5,6-dihydro-2-pyrone ring)], 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrone ring, and cyclopene A tenone ring, a furanone ring, and a dihydropyrone ring are preferred, a furanone ring and a dihydropyrone ring are more preferred, and a furanone ring is even more preferred. These rings may be condensed, and the condensed ring may be either a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring.
 式(d4)で表される化合物は、式(d4-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(d4-2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (d4) is preferably a compound represented by formula (d4-1), and more preferably a compound represented by formula (d4-2).
 式(d4-1)中、Ra1は水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又は複素環基を表し、それらは置換基を有していてもよい。
 Ra1は置換基を有してもよいアルキル基が好ましく、-CH(ORa3)CHORa2がより好ましく、この場合、式(d4-2)で表される化合物となる。
In formula (d4-1), R a1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group, which may have a substituent.
R a1 is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, more preferably -CH(OR a3 )CH 2 OR a2 , in which case it becomes a compound represented by formula (d4-2).
 式(d4-2)のRa2及びRa3は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アシル基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。Ra2とRa3は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。形成される環は、1,3-ジオキソラン環であることが好ましい。形成される環はさらに置換基を有していてもよい。 R a2 and R a3 in formula (d4-2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an acyl group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R a2 and R a3 may be combined with each other to form a ring. The ring formed is preferably a 1,3-dioxolane ring. The formed ring may further have a substituent.
 式(d4-2)において、好ましい置換基の組合せの一つは、Ra2がアシル基でRa3が水素原子である化合物が挙げられる。アシル基は、脂肪族アシル基であってもよく、芳香族アシル基であってもよい。脂肪族アシル基の場合には、炭素数は2~30であることが好ましく、4~24であることがより好ましく、8~18であることが更に好ましい。芳香族アシル基の場合には、炭素数は7~24であることが好ましく、7~22であることがより好ましく、7~18であることが更に好ましい。好ましいアシル基としては、ブタノイル基、ヘキサノイル基、2-エチルヘキサノイル基、デカノイル基、ラウロイル基、ミリストイル基、パルミトイル基、ステアロイル基、パルミトレイル基、ミリストレイル基、オレオイル基、ベンゾイル基、4-メチルベンゾイル基及び2-メチルベンゾイル基などが挙げられる。 In formula (d4-2), one of the preferred combinations of substituents is a compound in which R a2 is an acyl group and R a3 is a hydrogen atom. The acyl group may be an aliphatic acyl group or an aromatic acyl group. In the case of an aliphatic acyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 4 to 24, and even more preferably 8 to 18. In the case of an aromatic acyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 7 to 24, more preferably 7 to 22, and even more preferably 7 to 18. Preferred acyl groups include butanoyl group, hexanoyl group, 2-ethylhexanoyl group, decanoyl group, lauroyl group, myristoyl group, palmitoyl group, stearoyl group, palmitoyl group, myristrail group, oleoyl group, benzoyl group, 4 Examples include -methylbenzoyl group and 2-methylbenzoyl group.
-式(d5)で表される化合物-
-Compound represented by formula (d5)-
 式(d5)中、RB1及びRB2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アシル基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基又は複素環基を表し、RB3及びRB4はそれぞれ独立して、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アシルアミノ基、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基、アリールスルホニルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基又はメルカプト基を表す。 In formula (d5), R B1 and R B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a heterocyclic group. R B3 and R B4 each independently represent a hydroxy group, an amino group, an acylamino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, or a mercapto group.
 RB1及びRB2が表すアルキル基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましい。RB1及びRB2が表すアルキル基は直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などが挙げられる。
 RB1及びRB2が表すアルケニル基の炭素数は2~10であることが好ましい。RB1及びRB2が表すアルキル基は直鎖、分岐のいずれでもよい。アルケニル基の具体例としては、ビニル基およびアリル基などが挙げられ、ビニル基であることが好ましい。
 アルキル基およびアルケニル基は置換基を有してもよい。置換基は、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基及びスルホ基から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。アルケニル基がビニル基の場合には、カルボキシ基が置換したビニル基であることも好ましい。
The alkyl group represented by R B1 and R B2 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group represented by R B1 and R B2 may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
The alkenyl group represented by R B1 and R B2 preferably has 2 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl groups represented by R B1 and R B2 may be linear or branched. Specific examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group and an allyl group, with a vinyl group being preferred.
The alkyl group and alkenyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably at least one selected from a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, and a sulfo group. When the alkenyl group is a vinyl group, it is also preferably a vinyl group substituted with a carboxy group.
 RB1及びRB2が表すアリール基の炭素数は6~12であることが好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有してもよい。置換基は、アルキル基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基及びシアノ基から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
 RB1及びRB2が表すアシル基は、ホルミル基、アセチル基、イソブチリル基又はベンゾイル基であることが好ましい。
 RB1及びRB2が表すアミノ基は、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基を含み、アミノ基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、エチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジプロピルアミノ基、フェニルアミノ基又はN-メチル-N-フェニルアミノ基であることが好ましい。
The aryl group represented by R B1 and R B2 preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably at least one selected from an alkyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, and a cyano group.
The acyl group represented by R B1 and R B2 is preferably a formyl group, an acetyl group, an isobutyryl group, or a benzoyl group.
The amino group represented by R B1 and R B2 includes an amino group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, and includes an amino group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, an ethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a dipropylamino group, and a phenylamino group. or N-methyl-N-phenylamino group.
 RB1及びRB2が表すアルコキシ基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましい。アルコキシ基はメトキシ基又はエトキシ基であることが好ましい。
 RB1及びRB2が表すアルコキシカルボニル基はメトキシカルボニル基であることが好ましい。
 RB1及びRB2が表す複素環基は、環構成ヘテロ原子が酸素原子、硫黄原子又は窒素原子が好ましく、環構造が5員環又は6員環であることが好ましい。この複素環基は、芳香族複素環基であっても飽和複素環基であっても、また縮環していても構わない。複素環基における複素環は、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピロール環、フラン環基、チオフェン環、ピラゾール環、ピペリジン環、ピペラジン環又はモルホリン環が好ましい。
The alkoxy group represented by R B1 and R B2 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Preferably, the alkoxy group is a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
The alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R B1 and R B2 is preferably a methoxycarbonyl group.
In the heterocyclic group represented by R B1 and R B2 , the ring-constituting heteroatom is preferably an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom, and the ring structure is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. This heterocyclic group may be an aromatic heterocyclic group, a saturated heterocyclic group, or may be fused. The heterocycle in the heterocyclic group is preferably a pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring group, thiophene ring, pyrazole ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring or morpholine ring.
 RB1及びRB2は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~6のアルキル基又は炭素数6~12のアリール基であることが好ましい。 R B1 and R B2 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
 RB3及びRB4が表すアミノ基は、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基を含み、アミノ基や、メチルアミノ基、エチルアミノ基、n-ブチルアミノ基、ヒドロキシエチルアミノ基などのアルキルアミノ基が好ましい。
 RB3及びRB4が表すアシルアミノ基は、アセチルアミノ基又はベンゾイルアミノ基であることが好ましい。
 RB3及びRB4が表すアルキルスルホニルアミノ基は、メチルスルホニルアミノ基であることが好ましい。
 RB3及びRB4が表すアリールスルホニルアミノ基は、ベンゼンスルホニルアミノ基又はp-トルエンスルホニルアミノ基であることが好ましい。
 RB3及びRB4が表すアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基は、メトキシカルボニルアミノ基であることが好ましい。
 RB3及びRB4は、それぞれ独立してヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基又はアリールスルホニルアミノ基であることが好ましい。
The amino group represented by R B3 and R B4 includes an amino group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, and an amino group, an alkylamino group such as an amino group, a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, an n-butylamino group, a hydroxyethylamino group, etc. Groups are preferred.
The acylamino group represented by R B3 and R B4 is preferably an acetylamino group or a benzoylamino group.
The alkylsulfonylamino group represented by R B3 and R B4 is preferably a methylsulfonylamino group.
The arylsulfonylamino group represented by R B3 and R B4 is preferably a benzenesulfonylamino group or a p-toluenesulfonylamino group.
The alkoxycarbonylamino group represented by R B3 and R B4 is preferably a methoxycarbonylamino group.
It is preferable that R B3 and R B4 are each independently a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkylsulfonylamino group, or an arylsulfonylamino group.
 -式(d6)~(d8)で表される化合物-
 式(d6)中、Rd21は、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。
 式(d7)中、Rd22及びRd23は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基またはアリール基を表す。
 式(d8)中、Rd24及びRd25は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基またはアリール基を表す。
-Compounds represented by formulas (d6) to (d8)-
In formula (d6), R d21 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group.
In formula (d7), R d22 and R d23 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
In formula (d8), R d24 and R d25 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
 -式(d9)で表される化合物-
 式(d9)中、Rd26、Rd27、Rd28、及びRd29は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリール基、アリールチオ基、アリールオキシ基、ハロゲン原子又はシアノ基を表し、Rd26とRd27又はRd28とRd29は互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
-Compound represented by formula (d9)-
In formula (d9), R d26 , R d27 , R d28 , and R d29 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group, an arylthio group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group. represents a group, and R d26 and R d27 or R d28 and R d29 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 消光剤の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物d-1~d-6、国際公開第2019/066043号の段落番号0194~0310に記載されている化合物などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the quencher include compounds d-1 to d-6 described in Examples below, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0194 to 0310 of International Publication No. 2019/066043, and the like.
(一重項酸素消去剤)
 一重項酸素消去剤としては、一重項酸素を消去する作用を有する化合物が挙げられる。一重項酸素消去剤の具体例としては、テトラメチルエチレン、シクロペンテン等のエチレン性化合物;ジエチルアミン、トリエチルアミン、1,4-ジアザビシクロオクタン(DABCO)、N-エチルイミダゾール等のアミン類;置換されても良いナフタレン、ジメチルナフタレン、ジメトキシアントラセン、アントラセン、ジフェニルアントラセンなどの縮合多環芳香族化合物;1,3-ジフェニルイソベンゾフラン、1,2,3,4-トラフェニル-1,3-シクロペンタジエン、ペンタフェニルシクロペンタジエンなどの芳香族化合物などが挙げられる。また、Harry H.wasserman,Singlet Oxygen, 5章,Academic Press(1979)、Nicholas J.Turro ,Modern Molecular Photochemistry,14章,The Benjamin Cummings Publishing Co.,Inc.(1978)、およびCMC社発行、「カラー写真感光材料用高機能ケミカルス」、7章(2002)に、一重項酸素消去剤として例示されている化合物を用いることもできる。
(Singlet oxygen scavenger)
Examples of the singlet oxygen scavenger include compounds that have the effect of scavenging singlet oxygen. Specific examples of singlet oxygen scavengers include ethylenic compounds such as tetramethylethylene and cyclopentene; amines such as diethylamine, triethylamine, 1,4-diazabicyclooctane (DABCO), and N-ethylimidazole; Fused polycyclic aromatic compounds such as naphthalene, dimethylnaphthalene, dimethoxyanthracene, anthracene, diphenylanthracene; 1,3-diphenylisobenzofuran, 1,2,3,4-traphenyl-1,3-cyclopentadiene, penta Examples include aromatic compounds such as phenylcyclopentadiene. Also, Harry H. Wasserman, Singlet Oxygen, Chapter 5, Academic Press (1979), Nicholas J. Turro, Modern Molecular Photochemistry, Chapter 14, The Benjamin Cummings Publishing Co. , Inc. (1978) and "High Functional Chemicals for Color Photographic Materials" published by CMC, Chapter 7 (2002), compounds exemplified as singlet oxygen scavengers can also be used.
 褐色防止剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.1~30質量%が好ましい。下限は0.2質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。上限は25質量%以下であることが好ましく、20質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、褐色防止剤の含有量は特定化合物の100質量部に対して1~1500質量部であることが好ましい。上限は1000質量部以下であることが好ましく、500質量部以下であることがより好ましい。下限は、2質量部以上であることが好ましく、5質量部以上であることがより好ましい。
The content of the browning inhibitor is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 0.2% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
Further, the content of the anti-browning agent is preferably 1 to 1500 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the specific compound. The upper limit is preferably 1000 parts by mass or less, more preferably 500 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
<<硬化性化合物>>
 本発明の組成物は硬化性化合物を含有する。硬化性化合物としては、重合性化合物、樹脂等が挙げられる。樹脂は、非重合性の樹脂(重合性基を有さない樹脂)であってもよく、重合性の樹脂(重合性基を有する樹脂)であってもよい。重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、環状エーテル基、メチロール基、アルコキシメチル基などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、(メタ)アクリロイルアミド基などが挙げられ、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基および(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基がより好ましい。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられ、エポキシ基が好ましい。
<<Curable compound>>
The composition of the invention contains a curable compound. Examples of the curable compound include polymerizable compounds, resins, and the like. The resin may be a non-polymerizable resin (resin that does not have a polymerizable group) or a polymerizable resin (resin that has a polymerizable group). Examples of the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, and an alkoxymethyl group. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include a vinyl group, vinylphenyl group, (meth)allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, (meth)acryloyloxy group, (meth)acryloylamide group, etc. Allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group and (meth)acryloyloxy group are preferred, and (meth)acryloyloxy group is more preferred. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, with an epoxy group being preferred.
 硬化性化合物としては、樹脂を少なくとも含むものを用いることが好ましい。また、本発明の組成物をフォトリソグラフィ用の組成物とする場合には、硬化性化合物として樹脂と、重合性モノマー(モノマータイプの重合性化合物)とを用いることが好ましく、樹脂と、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する重合性モノマー(モノマータイプの重合性化合物)とを用いることがより好ましい。 As the curable compound, it is preferable to use one containing at least a resin. Further, when the composition of the present invention is used as a composition for photolithography, it is preferable to use a resin and a polymerizable monomer (monomer type polymerizable compound) as the curable compound. It is more preferable to use a polymerizable monomer (monomer type polymerizable compound) having an unsaturated bond-containing group.
(重合性化合物)
 重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物、環状エーテル基を有する化合物、メチロール基を有する化合物、アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物等が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物はラジカル重合性化合物として好ましく用いることができる。また、環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、カチオン重合性化合物として好ましく用いることができる。
(Polymerizable compound)
Examples of the polymerizable compound include a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a cyclic ether group, a compound having a methylol group, a compound having an alkoxymethyl group, and the like. A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound. Moreover, a compound having a cyclic ether group can be preferably used as a cationically polymerizable compound.
 樹脂タイプの重合性化合物としては、重合性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂などが挙げられる。 Examples of resin-type polymerizable compounds include resins containing repeating units having polymerizable groups.
 モノマータイプの重合性化合物(重合性モノマー)の分子量は、2000未満であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがより好ましい。重合性モノマーの分子量の下限は100以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましい。樹脂タイプの重合性化合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~2000000であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、1000000以下であることが好ましく、500000以下であることがより好ましい。重量平均分子量の下限は、3000以上であることが好ましく、5000以上であることがより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the monomer-type polymerizable compound (polymerizable monomer) is preferably less than 2,000, more preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more.
 重合性モノマーとしてのエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257、特開2013-253224号公報の段落番号0034~0038、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0477、特開2017-048367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報、特開2017-194662号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound. Specific examples include paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP 2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP 2013-029760, paragraph 0254 to 0257 of JP 2008-292970, and JP 2013-253224. Described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of the publication, paragraph number 0477 of JP 2012-208494, JP 2017-048367, JP 6057891, JP 6031807, JP 2017-194662. , the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、およびこれらの化合物の(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコールおよび/またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)などが挙げられる。また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることもできる。 Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available product: KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available) Examples of commercially available products include KAYARAD D-320 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) ) acrylate (commercially available products are KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; NK ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the (meth)acryloyl group of these compounds is ethylene glycol and and/or compounds having a structure in which they are bonded via a propylene glycol residue (eg, SR454, SR499, commercially available from Sartomer). Further, as compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toagosei), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ester A-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK Oligo UA-7200 (Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) ) etc. can also be used.
 また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることも好ましい。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 In addition, examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropanepropylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropaneethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, and isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide. It is also preferable to use trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as modified tri(meth)acrylate and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate. Commercially available trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306, M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Examples include.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、更に、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有していてもよい。このような化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-305、M-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may further have an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group. Commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520, Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物については、特開2013-253224号公報の段落0042~0045の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からシリーズとして市販されている、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. Regarding the compound having a caprolactone structure, the description in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP-A No. 2013-253224 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Examples of compounds having a caprolactone structure include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120, which are commercially available as a series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とアルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。このような化合物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基と、エチレンオキシ基および/またはプロピレンオキシ基とを有する化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とエチレンオキシ基とを有する化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を4~20個有する3~6官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがさらに好ましい。市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ基を4個有する4官能(メタ)アクリレートであるSR-494、日本化薬(株)製のイソブチレンオキシ基を3個有する3官能(メタ)アクリレートであるKAYARAD TPA-330などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group can also be used. Such a compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group and/or a propyleneoxy group, and preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group. More preferably, it is a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups. Commercially available products include, for example, SR-494, a tetrafunctional (meth)acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer, and trifunctional (meth)acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Examples include KAYARAD TPA-330.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。市販品としては、オグソールEA-0200、EA-0300(大阪ガスケミカル(株)製、フルオレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー)などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used. Commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, it is also preferable to use a compound substantially free of environmentally regulated substances such as toluene. Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、エポキシ基を有する化合物、オキセタニル基を有する化合物などが挙げられ、エポキシ基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を1~100個有する化合物が挙げられる。エポキシ基の数の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。エポキシ基の数の下限は、2個以上が好ましい。 Examples of the compound having a cyclic ether group include a compound having an epoxy group, a compound having an oxetanyl group, etc., and a compound having an epoxy group is preferable. Examples of compounds having epoxy groups include compounds having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the number of epoxy groups can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably 2 or more.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)でもよい。環状エーテル基の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下が好ましく、5000以下がより好ましく、3000以下が更に好ましい。 The compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low molecular compound (for example, molecular weight less than 1000) or a macromolecule (for example, molecular weight 1000 or more, in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the cyclic ether group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036に記載された化合物、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156に記載された化合物、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。 Examples of compounds having a cyclic ether group include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP-A No. 2013-011869, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0147 to 0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, and JP-A No. 2014. Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0085 to 0092 of JP-A-089408 and compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、デナコール EX-212L、EX-212、EX-214L、EX-214、EX-216L、EX-216、EX-321L、EX-321、EX-850L、EX-850(以上、ナガセケムテックス(株)製)、ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、EP-4003S、EP-4010S、EP-4011S(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、セロキサイド2021P、セロキサイド2081、セロキサイド2083、セロキサイド2085、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD PB 3600、PB 4700(以上、(株)ダイセル製)、サイクロマーP ACA 200M、ACA 230AA、ACA Z250、ACA Z251、ACA Z300、ACA Z320(以上、(株)ダイセル製)、jER1031S、jER157S65、jER152、jER154、jER157S70(以上、三菱ケミカル(株)製)、アロンオキセタンOXT-121、OXT-221、OX-SQ、PNOX(以上、東亞合成(株)製)、アデカグリシロール ED-505((株)ADEKA製、エポキシ基含有モノマー)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)、OXT-101、OXT-121、OXT-212、OXT-221(以上、東亞合成(株)製、オキセタニル基含有モノマー)、OXE-10、OXE-30(以上、大阪有機化学工業(株)製、オキセタニル基含有モノマー)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available compounds having a cyclic ether group include Denacol EX-212L, EX-212, EX-214L, EX-214, EX-216L, EX-216, EX-321L, EX-321, EX-850L, EX -850 (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation), ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC -7300, ) Daicel), Cyclomer P ACA 200M, ACA 230AA, ACA Z250, ACA Z251, ACA Z300, ACA Z320 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation), jER1031S, jER157S65, jER152, jER154, jER157S70 (all manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) ), Aronoxetane OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, PNOX (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), ADEKA Glycilol ED-505 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., epoxy group-containing monomer), Proof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (manufactured by NOF Corporation, epoxy group) containing polymer), OXT-101, OXT-121, OXT-212, OXT-221 (all manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., oxetanyl group-containing monomer), OXE-10, OXE-30 (all manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Co., Ltd., oxetanyl group-containing monomer).
 メチロール基を有する化合物(以下、メチロール化合物ともいう)としては、メチロール基が窒素原子または芳香族環を形成する炭素原子に結合している化合物が挙げられる。
また、アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物(以下、アルコキシメチル化合物ともいう)としては、アルコキシメチル基が窒素原子または芳香族環を形成する炭素原子に結合している化合物が挙げられる。アルコキシメチル基またはメチロール基が窒素原子に結合している化合物としては、アルコキシメチル化メラミン、メチロール化メラミン、アルコキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、メチロール化ベンゾグアナミン、アルコキシメチル化グリコールウリル、メチロール化グリコールウリル、アルコキシメチル化尿素およびメチロール化尿素等が好ましい。また、特開2004-295116号公報の段落0134~0147、特開2014-089408号公報の段落0095~0126に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。
Examples of compounds having a methylol group (hereinafter also referred to as methylol compounds) include compounds in which a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring.
Examples of compounds having an alkoxymethyl group (hereinafter also referred to as alkoxymethyl compounds) include compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring. Compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group or a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom include alkoxymethylated melamine, methylolated melamine, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, methylolated benzoguanamine, alkoxymethylated glycoluril, methylolated glycoluril, alkoxymethylated Preferred are urea and methylolated urea. Further, compounds described in paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A No. 2004-295116 and paragraphs 0095 to 0126 of JP-A No. 2014-089408 can also be used.
(樹脂)
 本発明の組成物は、硬化性化合物として樹脂を用いることができる。硬化性化合物は、樹脂を少なくとも含むものを用いることが好ましい。樹脂は、例えば、顔料等を組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料等を組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。なお、重合性基を有する樹脂は、重合性化合物にも該当する。
(resin)
The composition of the present invention can use a resin as a curable compound. It is preferable to use a curable compound containing at least a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for dispersing pigments and the like in the composition or for use as a binder. Note that a resin used mainly for dispersing pigments and the like in a composition is also referred to as a dispersant. However, this use of the resin is just one example, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than this use. Note that the resin having a polymerizable group also corresponds to a polymerizable compound.
 樹脂の重量平均分子量は、3000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。下限は、4000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
 樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、酢酸ビニル樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂から1種を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。環状オレフィン樹脂としては、耐熱性向上の観点からノルボルネン樹脂が好ましい。ノルボルネン樹脂の市販品としては、例えば、JSR(株)製のARTONシリーズ(例えば、ARTON F4520)などが挙げられる。また、樹脂としては、国際公開第2016/088645号の実施例に記載された樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-167513号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-173787号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-206689号公報の段落番号0041~0060に記載された樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落番号0022~0071に記載された樹脂、特開2016-222891号公報に記載されたブロックポリイソシアネート樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂を用いることもできる。また、樹脂としては、フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂を好ましく用いることもできる。フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂については、米国特許出願公開第2017/0102610号明細書の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、樹脂としては、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式1で表される樹脂を用いることもできる。 Examples of resins include (meth)acrylic resin, epoxy resin, ene thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, Examples include polyamide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, vinyl acetate resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, and polyurea resin. One type of these resins may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. As the cyclic olefin resin, norbornene resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance. Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series manufactured by JSR Corporation (eg, ARTON F4520). In addition, the resins include the resin described in the examples of International Publication No. 2016/088645, the resin described in JP 2017-057265, the resin described in JP 2017-032685, and the resin described in JP 2017-032685. The resin described in JP 2017-075248, the resin described in JP 2017-066240, the resin described in JP 2017-167513, the resin described in JP 2017-173787, Resins described in paragraph numbers 0041 to 0060 of JP 2017-206689, resins described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0071 of JP 2018-010856, and blocks described in JP 2016-222891. Polyisocyanate resin, resin described in JP 2020-122052, resin described in JP 2020-111656, resin described in JP 2020-139021, JP 2017-138503 It is also possible to use a resin containing a constitutional unit having a ring structure in the main chain and a constitutional unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain as described in . Further, as the resin, a resin having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used. Regarding the resin having a fluorene skeleton, the description in US Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0102610 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. In addition, examples of the resin include resins described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP2020-186373A, alkali-soluble resins described in JP2020-186325A, and Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339. A resin represented by Formula 1 can also be used.
 樹脂として、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。酸基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、50mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が最も好ましい。 It is preferable to use a resin having acid groups as the resin. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. The number of these acid groups may be one, or two or more. A resin having an acid group can also be used as a dispersant. The acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
 樹脂としては、式(ED1)で示される化合物および/または式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含むことも好ましい。 As the resin, a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as "ether dimer") is used. It is also preferable to include.
 式(ED1)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
 式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。式(ED2)の具体例としては、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌できる。
In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of formula (ED2), the description in JP-A No. 2010-168539 can be referred to.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例については、特開2013-029760号公報の段落番号0317を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 For specific examples of ether dimers, paragraph number 0317 of JP-A-2013-029760 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 樹脂としては、重合性基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基であることがより好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
 樹脂としては、式(X)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。
 式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R21およびR22はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、nは0~15の整数を表す。R21およびR22が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、2または3であることが特に好ましい。nは0~15の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~3の整数であることが更に好ましい。
As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (X).
In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 15. The alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly 2 or 3 carbon atoms. preferable. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
 式(X)で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイドまたはプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスM-110(東亞合成(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol. Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 樹脂は、分散剤としての樹脂を含むことが好ましい。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。 It is preferable that the resin contains a resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. The acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol % or more when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %. The acid group that the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) has is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 to 105 mgKOH/g. Moreover, the basic dispersant (basic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. The basic dispersant (basic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol% when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol%. The basic group that the basic dispersant has is preferably an amino group.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフト樹脂であることも好ましい。グラフト樹脂の詳細については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as a dispersant is a graft resin. For details of the graft resin, the descriptions in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP-A No. 2012-255128 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子は、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as a dispersant is a polyimine-based dispersant containing a nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. The polyimine dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less, a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain. Preferably, the resin has The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits basicity. Regarding the polyimine dispersant, the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP-A-2012-255128 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えば、デンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 It is also preferable that the resin used as the dispersant has a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core portion. Examples of such resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers). Further, specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraph numbers 0196 to 0209 of JP-A No. 2013-043962.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The resin used as a dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain. The content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and more preferably 20 to 70 mol% of the total repeating units of the resin. More preferably, it is mol%.
 また、分散剤として、特開2018-087939号公報に記載された樹脂、特許第6432077号公報の段落番号0219~0221に記載されたブロック共重合体(EB-1)~(EB-9)、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載のポリエステル側鎖を有するポリエチレンイミン、国際公開第2019/125940号に記載のブロック共重合体、特開2020-066687号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、特開2020-066688号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマーなどを用いることもできる。 In addition, as a dispersant, resins described in JP 2018-087939, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraph numbers 0219 to 0221 of Patent No. 6432077, Polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain as described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, block copolymer as described in International Publication No. 2019/125940, block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit as described in JP-A No. 2020-066687 , a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A No. 2020-066688, etc. can also be used.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー社製のDISPERBYKシリーズ、日本ルーブリゾール社製のSOLSPERSEシリーズ、BASF社製のEfkaシリーズ、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ等が挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercial products, and specific examples include the DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie, the SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Japan Lubrizol, the Efka series manufactured by BASF, and Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd. Examples include the Ajisper series manufactured by Manufacturer. Further, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP 2012-137564A and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP 2017-194662A can also be used as a dispersant.
 硬化性化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~95質量%が好ましい。下限は2質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、7質量%以上が更に好ましく、10質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、94質量%以下が好ましく、90質量%以下がより好ましく、85質量%以下が更に好ましく、80質量%以下が特に好ましい。 The content of the curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, even more preferably 7% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 94% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, even more preferably 85% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物として重合性化合物を含む場合、重合性化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~85質量%が好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下が好ましく、70質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound as a curable compound, the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 1 to 85% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物として重合性モノマーを含む場合、重合性モノマーの含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable monomer as a curable compound, the content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物としてエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物を含む場合、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~70質量%が好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a curable compound, the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is 1 to 70% by mass in the total solid content of the composition. % is preferred. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物として樹脂を含む場合、樹脂の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~85質量%が好ましい。下限は2質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、7質量%以上が更に好ましく、10質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下が好ましく、75質量%以下がより好ましく、70質量%以下が更に好ましく、40質量%以下が特に好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a resin as a curable compound, the content of the resin is preferably 1 to 85% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, even more preferably 7% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, even more preferably 70% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が分散剤としての樹脂を含有する場合、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.1~40質量%が好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、上述した特定色素100質量部に対して、1~100質量部が好ましい。上限は、80質量部以下が好ましく、75質量部以下がより好ましい。下限は、2.5質量部以上が好ましく、5質量部以上がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a resin as a dispersant, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more. Further, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned specific dye. The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 75 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
 本発明の組成物は、硬化性化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。硬化性化合物を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of curable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of curable compounds are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<溶剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤としては、水、有機溶剤が挙げられ、有機溶剤であることが好ましい。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<<Solvent>>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include water and organic solvents, with organic solvents being preferred. Examples of the organic solvent include ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents. For these details, paragraph number 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Ester solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -Heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol Acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxy Butanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as Examples include diacetone alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol. However, it may be better to reduce the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons (for example, 50 mass ppm (parts) based on the total amount of organic solvents). per million), 10 mass ppm or less, and 1 mass ppm or less).
 本発明においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましく、有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は例えば東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, for example. If necessary, an organic solvent at a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, November 13, 2015).
 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。 Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter pore diameter of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
 有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one type of isomer may be included, or multiple types may be included.
 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 It is preferable that the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is 0.8 mmol/L or less, and it is more preferable that the organic solvent contains substantially no peroxide.
 組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10~97質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましく、50質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、70質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、96質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以下であることがより好ましい。組成物は溶剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the composition is preferably 10 to 97% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 50% by mass or more, even more preferably 60% by mass or more, and 70% by mass. It is particularly preferable that it is above. The upper limit is preferably 96% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less. The composition may contain only one kind of solvent, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の組成物が重合性化合物を含む場合、本発明の組成物は更に光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<<Photopolymerization initiator>>
When the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound, it is preferable that the composition of the present invention further contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet to visible range are preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a radical photopolymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111に記載された化合物、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤、特開2020-055992号公報に記載のオキサゾリジン基を有するアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特開2013-190459号公報に記載のオキシム系光重合開始剤、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式1で表される化合物などが挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds with a triazine skeleton, compounds with an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, photopolymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, and hexaarylbylene compounds. Preferred are imidazole compounds, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds, oxime compounds, α-hydroxyketones The compound is more preferably a compound selected from a compound, an α-aminoketone compound, and an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound. In addition, as photopolymerization initiators, compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No. 3,2019, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, JP 2019-043864 The photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A No. 2019-044030, the peroxide-based initiator described in JP-A No. 2019-167313, the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A No. 2020-055992 The aminoacetophenone initiator having an oxazolidine group as described, the oxime photopolymerization initiator described in JP 2013-190459, the polymer described in JP 2020-172619, the WO 2020/152120 Examples include compounds represented by Formula 1, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物の具体例としては、2,2’,4-トリス(2-クロロフェニル)-5-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニル-1,1’-ビイミダゾールなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole, etc. can be mentioned.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, and Irgacure 1. 173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all BASF (manufactured by a company). Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, and Irgacure. 369, Irgacure 369E, Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF) (manufactured by). Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF), and the like.
 オキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号、国際公開第2017/169819号、特開2019-168654号公報の段落番号0029~0044に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロヘキシル-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-アセチルオキシム)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-327(トロンリー社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of oxime compounds include the compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-080068, the compounds described in JP-A No. 2006-342166, and the compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660); C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), JP-A-2000 - Compounds described in Publication No. 066385, Compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-534797, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-019766, compounds described in Patent No. 6065596, compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/152153, International Publication No. 2017 /051680, compounds described in JP 2017-198865, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0025 to 0038 of WO 2017/164127, WO 2013/167515, WO 2017 /169819, and the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0029 to 0044 of JP-A-2019-168654. Specific examples of oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino -1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by Tronley), and Adeka Optomer N-1919. ((stock) ) Photopolymerization initiator 2) manufactured by ADEKA and described in JP-A-2012-014052. Further, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound without coloring property or a compound with high transparency and resistance to discoloration. Commercially available products include ADEKA Arkles NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
 光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物、特許6636081号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2016-0109444号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP-A No. 2014-137466, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and the compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. It will be done.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, it is also possible to use an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/083505.
 光重合開始剤としては、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A No. 2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-500852, and compounds described in JP-A No. 2013-164471. Examples include compound (C-3).
 光重合開始剤としては、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落番号0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許4223071号公報の段落番号0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is in the form of a dimer. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249, paragraphs 0008 to 0012, and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466, Examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, and Adeka Arcles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されているOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As a photopolymerization initiator, it is also possible to use an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxy group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton. Examples of such photopolymerization initiators include compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
 本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
 オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1000~300000であることがより好ましく、2000~300000であることが更に好ましく、5000~200000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. In addition, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably from 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably from 2000 to 300,000, and even more preferably from 5000 to 200,000. It is particularly preferable that there be. The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.
 光重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開第2015/004565号、特表2016-532675号公報の段落番号0407~0412、国際公開第2017/033680号の段落番号0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)および化合物(G)、国際公開第2016/034963号に記載されているCmpd1~7、特表2017-523465号公報の段落番号0007に記載されているオキシムエステル系開始剤、特開2017-167399号公報の段落番号0020~0033に記載されている光開始剤、特開2017-151342号公報の段落番号0017~0026に記載されている光重合開始剤(A)、特許第6469669号公報に記載されているオキシムエステル系開始剤などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a difunctional, trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a radical photopolymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained. Furthermore, when a compound with an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity decreases and the solubility in solvents and the like improves, making it difficult to precipitate over time, thereby improving the stability of the composition over time. Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiators include those listed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-532675. Dimers of oxime compounds described in paragraph numbers 0407 to 0412, paragraph numbers 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, compound (E) and compound ( G), Cmpd 1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, oxime ester initiator described in paragraph number 0007 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-523465, paragraph of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-167399 Photoinitiators described in paragraph numbers 0020 to 0033, photoinitiators (A) described in paragraph numbers 0017 to 0026 of JP2017-151342A, oxime described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669 Examples include ester-based initiators.
 光重合開始剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.1~40質量%が好ましく、0.5~35質量%がより好ましく、1~30質量%が更に好ましい。組成物は光重合開始剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 40% by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 35% by weight, and even more preferably 1 to 30% by weight based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types of photopolymerization initiators. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<硬化剤>>
 本発明の組成物が環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含む場合、硬化剤をさらに含むことが好ましい。硬化剤としては、例えばアミン系化合物、酸無水物系化合物、アミド系化合物、フェノール系化合物、多価カルボン酸、チオール化合物などが挙げられる。硬化剤の具体例としては、コハク酸、トリメリット酸、ピロメリット酸、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)などが挙げられる。硬化剤は、特開2016-075720号公報の段落番号0072~0078に記載の化合物、特開2017-036379号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。硬化剤の含有量は、環状エーテル基を有する化合物の100質量部に対し、0.01~20質量部が好ましく、0.01~10質量部がより好ましく、0.1~6.0質量部がさらに好ましい。
<<Curing agent>>
When the composition of the present invention contains a compound having a cyclic ether group, it is preferable that the composition further contains a curing agent. Examples of the curing agent include amine compounds, acid anhydride compounds, amide compounds, phenol compounds, polyhydric carboxylic acids, and thiol compounds. Specific examples of the curing agent include succinic acid, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), and the like. As the curing agent, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0072 to 0078 of JP-A No. 2016-075720 and compounds described in JP-A No. 2017-036379 can also be used. The content of the curing agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by weight, and 0.1 to 6.0 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the compound having a cyclic ether group. is even more preferable.
<<酸発生剤>>
 本発明の組成物は酸発生剤を含有することができる。酸発生剤は、光照射により酸を発生する化合物(光酸発生剤)が好ましい。酸発生剤としては、光照射により分解して酸を発生する、ジアゾニウム塩、ホスホニウム塩、スルホニウム塩、ヨードニウム塩などのオニウム塩化合物、イミドスルホネート、オキシムスルホネート、ジアゾジスルホン、ジスルホン、オルト-ニトロベンジルスルホネート等のスルホネート化合物などを挙げることができる。酸発生剤の種類、具体的化合物および好ましい例としては、特開2008-013646号公報の段落番号0066~0122に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。
<<Acid generator>>
The composition of the present invention may contain an acid generator. The acid generator is preferably a compound that generates an acid upon irradiation with light (photoacid generator). Examples of acid generators include onium salt compounds such as diazonium salts, phosphonium salts, sulfonium salts, and iodonium salts, imidosulfonates, oxime sulfonates, diazodisulfones, disulfones, and ortho-nitrobenzylsulfonates, which decompose to generate acids when exposed to light. Examples include sulfonate compounds such as. Types, specific compounds, and preferred examples of the acid generator include compounds described in paragraphs 0066 to 0122 of JP-A No. 2008-013646.
 酸発生剤の市販品としては、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製のWPAGシリーズ、サンアプロ(株)製のCPIシリーズ(CPI-100Pなど)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available acid generators include the WPAG series manufactured by Fuji Film Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. and the CPI series (CPI-100P, etc.) manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd.
 酸発生剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.1~40質量%が好ましく、0.5~35質量%がより好ましく、1~30質量%が更に好ましい。組成物は酸発生剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the acid generator is preferably 0.1 to 40% by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 35% by weight, and even more preferably 1 to 30% by weight based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one kind of acid generator, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<有彩色着色剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、有彩色着色剤を含有することができる。本発明において、有彩色着色剤とは、白色着色剤および黒色着色剤以外の着色剤を意味する。有彩色着色剤は、波長400nm以上650nm未満の範囲に吸収を有する着色剤が好ましい。
<<Chromatic colorant>>
The compositions of the invention can contain chromatic colorants. In the present invention, a chromatic colorant means a colorant other than a white colorant and a black colorant. The chromatic colorant is preferably a colorant having absorption in a wavelength range of 400 nm or more and less than 650 nm.
 有彩色着色剤としては、赤色着色剤、緑色着色剤、青色着色剤、黄色着色剤、紫色着色剤およびオレンジ色着色剤が挙げられる。有彩色着色剤は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。顔料と染料とを併用してもよい。また、顔料は、無機顔料、有機顔料のいずれでもよい。また、顔料には、無機顔料または有機-無機顔料の一部を有機発色団で置換した材料を用いることもできる。無機顔料や有機-無機顔料を有機発色団で置換することで、色相設計をしやすくできる。 Chromatic colorants include red colorants, green colorants, blue colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, and orange colorants. The chromatic colorant may be a pigment or a dye. A pigment and a dye may be used together. Further, the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment. Further, as the pigment, an inorganic pigment or an organic-inorganic pigment partially substituted with an organic chromophore can also be used. By replacing inorganic pigments or organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores, hue design can be facilitated.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上が好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましい。上限は、180nm以下が好ましく、150nm以下がより好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。顔料の平均一次粒子径が上記範囲であれば、組成物中における顔料の分散安定性が良好である。なお、本発明において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた画像写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本発明における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。 The average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less. When the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment in the composition is good. In the present invention, the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from a photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment using a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circular equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. Further, the average primary particle diameter in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 pigment primary particles. Moreover, the primary particles of pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
 有彩色着色剤は、顔料を含むものであることが好ましい。有彩色着色剤中における顔料の含有量は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。顔料としては以下に示すものが挙げられる。 The chromatic colorant preferably contains a pigment. The content of pigment in the chromatic colorant is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, even more preferably 80% by mass or more, and even more preferably 90% by mass or more. It is particularly preferable. Examples of pigments include those shown below.
 カラーインデックス(C.I.)Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232(メチン系),233(キノリン系),234(アミノケトン系),235(アミノケトン系),236(アミノケトン系)等(以上、黄色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Orange 2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等(以上、オレンジ色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294(キサンテン系、Organo Ultramarine、Bluish Red),295(モノアゾ系),296(ジアゾ系),297(アミノケトン系)等(以上、赤色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Green 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64(フタロシアニン系),65(フタロシアニン系),66(フタロシアニン系)等(以上、緑色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60(トリアリールメタン系),61(キサンテン系)等(以上、紫色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87(モノアゾ系),88(メチン系)等(以上、青色顔料)。
Color Index (C.I.) Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232 (methine type), 233 (quinoline type), 234 ( (aminoketone type), 235 (aminoketone type), 236 (aminoketone type), etc. (yellow pigments),
C. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. (Above, orange pigment)
C. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294 (xanthene type, Organo Ultramarine, Bluish Red), 295 (monoazo type), 296 (diazo type), 297 (aminoketone type), etc. (red pigments),
C. I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64 (phthalocyanine type), 65 (phthalocyanine type), 66 (phthalocyanine type), etc. (green pigments),
C. I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60 (triarylmethane type), 61 (xanthene type), etc. (purple pigments),
C. I. Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87 (monoazo type), 88 (methine type), etc. (the above are blue pigments).
 また、緑色顔料として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色顔料として中国特許出願第106909027号明細書に記載の化合物、国際公開第2012/102395号に記載のリン酸エステルを配位子として有するフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2018-180023号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-038958号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-076995号公報に記載のコアシェル型色素などを用いることもできる。 In addition, as a green pigment, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments have an average number of halogen atoms in one molecule of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12, and an average of 2 to 5 chlorine atoms. You can also use Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. In addition, as a green pigment, a compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027, a phthalocyanine compound having a phosphoric acid ester as a ligand described in International Publication No. 2012/102395, a phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A No. 2019-008014, A phthalocyanine compound, a phthalocyanine compound described in JP 2018-180023, a compound described in JP 2019-038958, a core-shell type dye described in JP 2020-076995, etc. can also be used.
 また、青色顔料として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Additionally, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used as the blue pigment. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph number 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
 また、黄色顔料として、特開2017-201003号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-197719号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-171912号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0137~0276に記載の化合物、特開2017-171913号公報の段落番号0010~0062、0138~0295に記載の化合物、特開2017-171914号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0139~0190に記載の化合物、特開2017-171915号公報の段落番号0010~0065、0142~0222に記載の化合物、特開2013-054339号公報の段落番号0011~0034に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-026228号公報の段落番号0013~0058に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-062644号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2018-203798号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-062578号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第6432076号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-155881号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-111757号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-040835号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2017-197640号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2016-145282号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-085565号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-021139号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-209614号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-209435号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-181015号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-061622号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-032486号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2012-226110号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074987号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-081565号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074986号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074985号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-050420号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-031281号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特公昭48-032765号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第6607427号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2014-0034963号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-095706号公報に記載の化合物、台湾特許出願公開第201920495号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6607427号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033525号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033524号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033523号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033522号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033521号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/045200号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/045199号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/045197号に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。また、これらの化合物を多量体化したものも、色価向上の観点から好ましく用いられる。 In addition, as yellow pigments, compounds described in JP-A No. 2017-201003, compounds described in JP-A No. 2017-197719, and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0011-0062 and 0137-0276 of JP-A No. 2017-171912 are used. Compounds, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010 to 0062, 0138 to 0295 of JP 2017-171913, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0011 to 0062, 0139 to 0190 of JP 2017-171914, JP 2017- Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010 to 0065 and 0142 to 0222 of JP-A No. 171915, quinophthalone compounds described in paragraph numbers 0011 to 0034 of JP-A No. 2013-054339, and paragraph numbers 0013 to 0058 of JP-A-2014-026228. The quinophthalone compound described in JP 2018-062644, the quinophthalone compound described in JP 2018-203798, the quinophthalone compound described in JP 2018-062578, and Japanese Patent No. 6432076. Quinophthalone compounds described in the publication, quinophthalone compounds described in JP2018-155881, quinophthalone compounds described in JP2018-111757, quinophthalone compounds described in JP2018-040835, JP2017- Quinophthalone compounds described in JP 2016-145282, quinophthalone compounds described in JP 2014-085565, quinophthalone compounds described in JP 2014-021139, JP 2014-021139; Quinophthalone compounds described in JP2013-209614, quinophthalone compounds described in JP2013-209435, quinophthalone compounds described in JP2013-181015, quinophthalone compounds described in JP2013-061622, Quinophthalone compounds described in JP2013-032486A, quinophthalone compounds described in JP2012-226110A, quinophthalone compounds described in JP2008-074987A, quinophthalone compounds described in JP2008-081565A Compounds, quinophthalone compounds described in JP 2008-074986, quinophthalone compounds described in JP 2008-074985, quinophthalone compounds described in JP 2008-050420, quinophthalone compounds described in JP 2008-031281 Quinophthalone compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-032765, Quinophthalone compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-008014, Quinophthalone compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6607427, Korean Published Patent No. 10-2014-0034963 Compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-095706, compounds described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201920495, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6607427, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-033525 Compounds described in JP2020-033524A, compounds described in JP2020-033523A, compounds described in JP2020-033522A, compounds described in JP2020-033521A Compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/045200, compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/045199, and compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/045197 can also be used. Furthermore, polymerized versions of these compounds are also preferably used from the viewpoint of improving color value.
 赤色顔料として、特開2017-201384号公報に記載の構造中に少なくとも1つの臭素原子が置換したジケトピロロピロール化合物、特許第6248838号の段落番号0016~0022に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/117965号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2012-229344号公報に記載のナフトールアゾ化合物、特許第6516119号公報に記載の赤色顔料、特許第6525101号公報に記載の赤色顔料、特開2020-090632号公報の段落番号0229に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0140741号公報に記載のアントラキノン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0140744号公報に記載のアントラキノン化合物、特開2020-079396号公報に記載のペリレン化合物などを用いることもできる。また、赤色顔料として、芳香族環に対して、酸素原子、硫黄原子または窒素原子が結合した基が導入された芳香族環基がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。 As a red pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP 2017-201384, a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0022 of Patent No. 6248838, Diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in International Publication No. 2012/102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in International Publication No. 2012/117965, naphthol azo compounds described in JP2012-229344A, Patent No. 6516119 Red pigment described in the publication, red pigment described in Patent No. 6525101, brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraph number 0229 of JP 2020-090632, Korean Published Patent No. 10-2019-0140741 Anthraquinone compounds described in the publication, anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140744, perylene compounds described in JP 2020-079396, etc. can also be used. Further, as a red pigment, a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group into which a group to which an oxygen atom, sulfur atom, or nitrogen atom is bonded is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton may also be used. can.
 各種顔料が有していることが好ましい回折角については、特許第6561862号公報、特許第6413872号公報、特許第6281345号公報、特開2020-026503号公報の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、ピロロピロール系顔料としては、結晶格子面のうち(±1±1±1)の8個の面の中でX線回折パターンにおける最大ピークに対応する面方向の結晶子サイズが140Å以下であるものを用いることも好ましい。また、ピロロピロール系顔料の物性については、特開2020-097744号公報の段落番号0028~0073に記載の通り設定することも好ましい。 Regarding the diffraction angles that various pigments preferably have, the descriptions in Japanese Patent No. 6561862, Japanese Patent No. 6413872, Japanese Patent No. 6281345, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-open No. 2020-026503 can be referred to. Incorporated herein. In addition, as a pyrrolopyrrole pigment, the crystallite size in the plane direction corresponding to the maximum peak in the X-ray diffraction pattern among the eight planes (±1±1±1) of the crystal lattice planes is 140 Å or less. It is also preferable to use one. Furthermore, it is also preferable to set the physical properties of the pyrrolopyrrole pigment as described in paragraphs 0028 to 0073 of JP-A-2020-097744.
 有彩色着色剤には染料を用いることもできる。染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料を使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ系染料、アニリノアゾ系染料、トリアリールメタン系染料、アントラキノン系染料、アントラピリドン系染料、ベンジリデン系染料、オキソノール系染料、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系染料、ピリドンアゾ系染料、シアニン系染料、フェノチアジン系染料、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系染料、キサンテン系染料、フタロシアニン系染料、ベンゾピラン系染料、インジゴ系染料、ピロメテン系染料等が挙げられる。 Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants. There are no particular restrictions on the dye, and any known dye can be used. For example, pyrazole azo dyes, anilinoazo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, and phenothiazines. Examples include pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, pyrromethene dyes, and the like.
 有彩色着色剤には色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物および製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体は、一分子中に、色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000が好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、6000以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30000以下がより好ましく、20000以下がさらに好ましい。色素多量体は、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報、国際公開第2016/031442号等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。 Pigment multimers can also be used as chromatic colorants. The dye multimer is preferably a dye that is dissolved in a solvent. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. The dye multimer in a particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A No. 2015-214682. The dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less. The plurality of dye structures contained in one molecule may be the same dye structure or may be different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 6,000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less. Dye multimers are described in JP 2011-213925, JP 2013-041097, JP 2015-028144, JP 2015-030742, WO 2016/031442, etc. Compounds can also be used.
 また、有彩色着色剤には、特開2012-158649号公報に記載のチアゾール化合物、特開2011-184493号公報に記載のアゾ化合物、特開2011-145540号公報に記載のアゾ化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載されたトリアリールメタン染料ポリマー、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、国際公開第2020/174991号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-160279号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物又はそれらの塩を用いることができる。 In addition, chromatic colorants include thiazole compounds described in JP-A No. 2012-158649, azo compounds described in JP-A No. 2011-184493, azo compounds described in JP-A No. 2011-145540, and azo compounds described in JP-A No. 2011-145540. Triarylmethane dye polymer described in Patent No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compound described in JP 2020-117638, phthalocyanine compound described in WO 2020/174991, JP 2020-160279 The isoindoline compounds or salts thereof described in the above publication can be used.
 本発明の組成物が、有彩色着色剤を含有する場合、有彩色着色剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分中1~50質量%が好ましい。本発明の組成物が、有彩色着色剤を2種以上含む場合、それらの合計量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。本発明の組成物が、有彩色着色剤を2種以上含む場合、それらの合計量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a chromatic colorant, the content of the chromatic colorant is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. When the composition of the present invention contains two or more chromatic colorants, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range. When the composition of the present invention contains two or more chromatic colorants, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
 本発明の組成物を赤外線カットフィルタ用として用いる場合には、本発明の組成物は有彩色着色剤を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本発明の組成物が有彩色着色剤を実質的に含有しない場合とは、本発明の組成物の全固形分中における有彩色着色剤の含有量が、0.5質量%以下であることを意味し、0.1質量%以下であることが好ましく、有彩色着色剤を含有しないことがより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is used for an infrared cut filter, it is preferable that the composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a chromatic colorant. In addition, when the composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a chromatic colorant, the content of the chromatic colorant in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is 0.5% by mass or less. This means that it is preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and more preferably does not contain a chromatic colorant.
<<赤外線を透過させて可視光を遮光する色材>>
 本発明の組成物は、赤外線を透過させて可視光を遮光する色材(以下、可視光を遮光する色材ともいう)を含有することもできる。可視光を遮光する色材を含む組成物は、赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の組成物として好ましく用いられる。
<<Color material that transmits infrared rays and blocks visible light>>
The composition of the present invention can also contain a coloring material that transmits infrared rays and blocks visible light (hereinafter also referred to as a coloring material that blocks visible light). A composition containing a coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably used as a composition for forming an infrared transmission filter.
 可視光を遮光する色材は、紫色から赤色の波長領域の光を吸収する色材であることが好ましい。また、可視光を遮光する色材は、波長450~650nmの波長領域の光を遮光する色材であることが好ましい。また、可視光を遮光する色材は、波長900~1500nmの光を透過させる色材であることが好ましい。可視光を遮光する色材は、以下の(A)および(B)の少なくとも一方の要件を満たすことが好ましい。
(A):2種類以上の有彩色着色剤を含み、2種以上の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせで黒色を形成している。
(B):有機系黒色着色剤を含む。
The coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably a coloring material that absorbs light in the wavelength range from violet to red. Further, the coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably a coloring material that blocks light in a wavelength range of 450 to 650 nm. Further, the coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably a coloring material that transmits light with a wavelength of 900 to 1500 nm. The coloring material that blocks visible light preferably satisfies at least one of the following requirements (A) and (B).
(A): Contains two or more types of chromatic colorants, and black color is formed by a combination of two or more types of chromatic colorants.
(B): Contains an organic black colorant.
 有彩色着色剤としては、上述したものが挙げられる。有機系黒色着色剤としては、例えば、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、ペリレン化合物、アゾ化合物などが挙げられ、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、ペリレン化合物が好ましい。ビスベンゾフラノン化合物としては、特表2010-534726号公報、特表2012-515233号公報、特表2012-515234号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、BASF社製の「Irgaphor Black」として入手可能である。ペリレン化合物としては、特開2017-226821号公報の段落番号0016~0020に記載の化合物、C.I.Pigment Black 31、32などが挙げられる。アゾメチン化合物としては、特開平01-170601号公報、特開平02-034664号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、大日精化社製の「クロモファインブラックA1103」として入手できる。 Examples of the chromatic colorant include those mentioned above. Examples of the organic black colorant include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, with bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds being preferred. Examples of bisbenzofuranone compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-534726, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-515233, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-515234, and for example, as "Irgaphor Black" manufactured by BASF. available. Examples of perylene compounds include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0020 of JP-A No. 2017-226821, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32, etc. Examples of the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601 and JP-A-02-034664, and are available as "Chromofine Black A1103" manufactured by Dainichiseika Kaisha, Ltd., for example.
 2種以上の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせで黒色を形成する場合の、有彩色着色剤の組み合わせとしては、例えば以下の(1)~(8)の態様が挙げられる。
(1)黄色着色剤、青色着色剤、紫色着色剤および赤色着色剤を含有する態様。
(2)黄色着色剤、青色着色剤および赤色着色剤を含有する態様。
(3)黄色着色剤、紫色着色剤および赤色着色剤を含有する態様。
(4)黄色着色剤および紫色着色剤を含有する態様。
(5)緑色着色剤、青色着色剤、紫色着色剤および赤色着色剤を含有する態様。
(6)紫色着色剤およびオレンジ色着色剤を含有する態様。
(7)緑色着色剤、紫色着色剤および赤色着色剤を含有する態様。
(8)緑色着色剤および赤色着色剤を含有する態様。
When a black color is formed by a combination of two or more chromatic colorants, examples of the combination of chromatic colorants include the following embodiments (1) to (8).
(1) Embodiment containing a yellow colorant, a blue colorant, a purple colorant, and a red colorant.
(2) Embodiment containing a yellow colorant, a blue colorant, and a red colorant.
(3) Embodiment containing a yellow colorant, a purple colorant, and a red colorant.
(4) Embodiment containing a yellow colorant and a purple colorant.
(5) An embodiment containing a green colorant, a blue colorant, a purple colorant, and a red colorant.
(6) Embodiment containing a purple colorant and an orange colorant.
(7) Embodiment containing a green colorant, a purple colorant, and a red colorant.
(8) Embodiment containing a green colorant and a red colorant.
 本発明の組成物が可視光を遮光する色材を含有する場合、可視光を遮光する色材の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、20質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、30質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a colorant that blocks visible light, the content of the colorant that blocks visible light is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, even more preferably 20% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or more.
 本発明の組成物を赤外線カットフィルタ用として用いる場合には、本発明の組成物は可視光を遮光する色材を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本発明の組成物が可視光を遮光する色材を実質的に含有しない場合とは、本発明の組成物の全固形分中における可視光を遮光する色材の含有量が、0.5質量%以下であることを意味し、0.1質量%以下であることが好ましく、可視光を遮光する色材を含有しないことがより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is used for an infrared cut filter, it is preferable that the composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a coloring material that blocks visible light. Note that the case where the composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a colorant that blocks visible light means that the content of the colorant that blocks visible light in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is 0. This means 5% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and more preferably no coloring material that blocks visible light.
<<顔料誘導体>>
 本発明の組成物は、更に顔料誘導体を含有することができる。顔料誘導体は分散助剤として用いられる。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基または塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。
<<Pigment derivative>>
The composition of the invention may further contain a pigment derivative. Pigment derivatives are used as dispersion aids. Examples of pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton.
 顔料誘導体を構成する色素骨格としては、スクアリリウム色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、ジアントラキノン色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、チアジンインジゴ色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾール色素骨格およびベンゾオキサゾール色素骨格が挙げられ、スクアリリウム色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格およびベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格が好ましく、スクアリリウム色素骨格およびピロロピロール色素骨格がより好ましい。 The pigment skeletons constituting the pigment derivatives include squarylium pigment skeleton, pyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment skeleton, quinacridone pigment skeleton, anthraquinone pigment skeleton, dianthraquinone pigment skeleton, benzisoindole pigment skeleton, and thiazine indigo pigment skeleton. , azo dye skeleton, quinophthalone dye skeleton, phthalocyanine dye skeleton, naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, dioxazine dye skeleton, perylene dye skeleton, perinone dye skeleton, benzimidazolone dye skeleton, benzothiazole dye skeleton, benzimidazole dye skeleton and benzoxazole dye skeleton Examples include squarylium dye skeleton, pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, phthalocyanine dye skeleton, quinacridone dye skeleton and benzimidazolone dye skeleton, and squarylium dye skeleton and pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton are more preferable.
 酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホンアミド基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、Kなど)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。カルボン酸アミド基としては、-NHCORA1で表される基が好ましい。スルホンアミド基としては、-NHSOA2で表される基が好ましい。イミド酸基としては、-SONHSOA3、-CONHSOA4、-CONHCORA5または-SONHCORA6で表される基が好ましく、-SONHSOA3がより好ましい。RA1~RA6は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。RA1~RA6が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonamide group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof. Atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, Examples include phosphonium ions. As the carboxylic acid amide group, a group represented by -NHCOR A1 is preferable. As the sulfonamide group, a group represented by -NHSO 2 R A2 is preferable. The imide acid group is preferably a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R A3 , -CONHSO 2 R A4 , -CONHCOR A5 or -SO 2 NHCOR A6 , and -SO 2 NHSO 2 R A3 is more preferred. R A1 to R A6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R A1 to R A6 may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
 塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the basic group include an amino group, a pyridinyl group and its salts, an ammonium group salt, and a phthalimidomethyl group. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、特開昭56-118462号公報、特開昭63-264674号公報、特開平01-217077号公報、特開平03-009961号公報、特開平03-026767号公報、特開平03-153780号公報、特開平03-045662号公報、特開平04-285669号公報、特開平06-145546号公報、特開平06-212088号公報、特開平06-240158号公報、特開平10-030063号公報、特開平10-195326号公報、国際公開第2011/024896号の段落番号0086~0098、国際公開第2012/102399号の段落番号0063~0094に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of pigment derivatives include JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-264674, JP-A-01-217077, JP-A-03-009961, JP-A-03-026767, JP 03-153780, JP 03-045662, JP 04-285669, JP 06-145546, JP 06-212088, JP 06-240158, JP 06-240158, Examples include compounds described in JP-A No. 10-030063, JP-A-10-195326, paragraph numbers 0086 to 0098 of International Publication No. 2011/024896, and paragraph numbers 0063 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2012/102399.
 顔料誘導体の含有量は、顔料100質量部に対し、1~50質量部が好ましい。下限値は、3質量部以上が好ましく、5質量部以上がより好ましい。上限値は、40質量部以下が好ましく、30質量部以下がより好ましい。顔料誘導体は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 50 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の組成物は界面活性剤を含有することが好ましい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、アニオン性界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はシリコーン系界面活性剤またはフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<<Surfactant>>
Preferably, the composition of the invention contains a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used. The surfactant is preferably a silicone surfactant or a fluorine surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落番号0060~0064(対応する国際公開第2014/017669号の段落番号0060~0064)等に記載の界面活性剤、特開2011-132503号公報の段落番号0117~0132に記載の界面活性剤、特開2020-008634号公報に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファックF-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-563、F-565、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、R-41、R-41-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、AGC(株)製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)、フタージェント208G、215M、245F、601AD、601ADH2、602A、610FM、710FL、710FM、710FS、FTX-218(以上、(株)NEOS製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of fluorine-based surfactants include surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0060 to 0064 of JP 2014-041318 (corresponding paragraph numbers 0060 to 0064 of WO 2014/017669), and the like; Examples include the surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0117 to 0132 of Publication No. 132503 and the surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Commercially available fluorosurfactants include Megafac F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F-144. , F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560 , F-561, F-563, F-565, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, R-41, R -41-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florado FC430, FC431, FC171 (manufactured by Sumitomo Corporation) 3M Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (manufactured by 3M Co., Ltd.), AGC Co., Ltd.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), Ftergent 208G, 215M, 245F, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 610FM, 710FL, 710FM, 71 0FS, FTX-218 (all of which are manufactured by NEOS Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤として、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC(株)製のメガファックDSシリーズ(化学工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日経産業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例えばメガファックDS-21が挙げられる。 In addition, as fluorine-based surfactants, there are also acrylic compounds that have a molecular structure with a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heated, the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cut off and the fluorine atom volatizes. It can be used suitably. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include the Megafac DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), An example is DS-21.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤として、フッ素化アルキル基またはフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2016-216602号公報に記載されたフッ素系界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorinated surfactant. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include the fluorine-based surfactants described in JP-A No. 2016-216602, the content of which is incorporated herein.
 フッ素系界面活性剤として、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤として、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、特開2010-032698号公報の段落番号0016~0037に記載されたフッ素含有界面活性剤や、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3000~50000であり、例えば、14000である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
A block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant. As a fluorine-based surfactant, a (meth) having a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and two or more (preferably five or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy group, propyleneoxy group) A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. Further, the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-containing surfactant used in the present invention.
The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example 14,000. In the above compounds, % indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤として、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落番号0050~0090および段落番号0289~0295に記載された化合物、DIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。また、フッ素系界面活性剤として、特開2015-117327号公報の段落番号0015~0158に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 Furthermore, a fluoropolymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain can also be used as the fluorinated surfactant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A No. 2010-164965, Megafac RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, Examples include RS-72-K. Further, as the fluorine-based surfactant, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0015 to 0158 of JP-A No. 2015-117327 can also be used.
 また、国際公開第2020/084854号に記載の界面活性剤を、炭素数6以上のパーフルオロアルキル基を有する界面活性剤の代替として用いることも、環境規制の観点から好ましい。 Furthermore, it is also preferable from the viewpoint of environmental regulations to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. 2020/084854 as a substitute for a surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group having 6 or more carbon atoms.
 また、式(fi-1)で表される含フッ素イミド塩化合物を界面活性剤として用いることも好ましい。
 式(fi-1)中、mは1または2を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、aは1または2を表し、Xa+はa価の金属イオン、第1級アンモニウムイオン、第2級アンモニウムイオン、第3級アンモニウムイオン、第4級アンモニウムイオンまたはNH を表す。
It is also preferable to use a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) as a surfactant.
In formula (fi-1), m represents 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, a represents 1 or 2, and X a+ represents an a-valent metal ion, a primary ammonium ion, or Represents a secondary ammonium ion, tertiary ammonium ion, quaternary ammonium ion or NH 4 + .
 ノニオン性界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF社製)、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF社製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(和光純薬工業(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) (manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Yushi Co., Ltd.), Olfin E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Examples include.
 カチオン性界面活性剤としては、テトラアルキルアンモニウム塩、アルキルアミン塩、ベンザルコニウム塩、アルキルピリジウム塩、イミダゾリウム塩等が挙げられる。具体例としては、ジヒドロキシエチルステアリルアミン、2-ヘプタデセニル-ヒドロキシエチルイミダゾリン、ラウリルジメチルベンジルアンモニウムクロライド、セチルピリジニウムクロライド、ステアラミドメチルピリジウムクロライド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the cationic surfactant include tetraalkylammonium salts, alkylamine salts, benzalkonium salts, alkylpyridium salts, imidazolium salts, and the like. Specific examples include dihydroxyethylstearylamine, 2-heptadecenyl-hydroxyethylimidazoline, lauryldimethylbenzylammonium chloride, cetylpyridinium chloride, stearamidemethylpyridium chloride, and the like.
 アニオン性界面活性剤としては、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、アルキルジフェニルエーテルジスルホン酸ナトリウム、アルキルナフタレンスルホン酸ナトリウム、ジアルキルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム、ステアリン酸ナトリウム、オレイン酸カリウム、ナトリウムジオクチルスルホサクシネート、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム、ジアルキルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム、ステアリン酸ナトリウム、オレイン酸ナトリウム、t-オクチルフェノキシエトキシポリエトキシエチル硫酸ナトリウム塩等が挙げられる。 Anionic surfactants include dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium alkyldiphenyl ether disulfonate, sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate, sodium dialkylsulfosuccinate, sodium stearate, potassium oleate, sodium dioctyl Sulfosuccinate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfate, sodium dialkyl sulfosuccinate, sodium stearate, sodium oleate, t-octylphenoxyethoxypolyethoxyethyl Examples include sodium sulfate salt.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of silicone surfactants include SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300 , TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
Moreover, a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone surfactant.
 界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.001~1質量%が好ましく、0.001~0.5質量%がより好ましく、0.001~0.2質量%が更に好ましい。組成物は界面活性剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 0.5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.001 to 0.2% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. . The composition may contain only one kind of surfactant, or may contain two or more kinds of surfactants. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の組成物は重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられ、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。重合禁止剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。組成物は重合禁止剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Polymerization inhibitor>>
The composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor. Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), Examples include 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol) and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.), with p-methoxyphenol being preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one kind of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more kinds of polymerization inhibitors. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
 本発明の組成物はシランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本明細書において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応および縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、特開2009-288703号公報の段落番号0018~0036に記載の化合物、特開2009-242604号公報の段落番号0056~0066に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。シランカップリング剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.01~15.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~10.0質量%がより好ましい。組成物はシランカップリング剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Silane coupling agent>>
The composition of the present invention may contain a silane coupling agent. In this specification, a silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. Furthermore, the term "hydrolyzable group" refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can form a siloxane bond through at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, mercapto groups, epoxy groups, oxetanyl groups, amino groups, ureido groups, sulfide groups, isocyanate groups, and phenyl groups. (meth)acryloyl group and epoxy group are preferred. Examples of the silane coupling agent include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0036 of JP-A No. 2009-288703, and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0056 to 0066 of JP-A No. 2009-242604, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Incorporated into the specification. The content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<紫外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ジベンゾイル化合物などが挙げられる。このような化合物の具体例としては、特開2009-217221号公報の段落番号0038~0052、特開2012-208374号公報の段落番号0052~0072、特開2013-068814号公報の段落番号0317~0334、特開2016-162946号公報の段落番号0061~0080、国際公開第2021/131355号の段落番号0052、0074、国際公開第2021/132247号の段落番号0022~0024に記載された化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、BASF社製のTinuvinシリーズ、Uvinul(ユビナール)シリーズなどが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0049~0059、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0059~0076に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.01~30質量%が好ましく、0.05~25質量%がより好ましい。組成物は紫外線吸収剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Ultraviolet absorber>>
The composition of the present invention can contain a UV absorber. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, dibenzoyl compounds, and the like. Specific examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP2009-217221A, paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of JP2012-208374A, and paragraphs 0317 to 0317 of JP2013-068814A. 0334, paragraph numbers 0061 to 0080 of JP 2016-162946, paragraph numbers 0052 and 0074 of International Publication No. 2021/131355, and paragraph numbers 0022 to 0024 of International Publication No. 2021/132247. , the contents of which are incorporated herein. Commercially available UV absorbers include the Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF. Furthermore, examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Yushi (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, February 1, 2016). Further, as the ultraviolet absorber, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0049 to 0059 of Patent No. 6268967 and paragraph numbers 0059 to 0076 of International Publication No. 2016/181987 can also be used. The content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 25% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one type of ultraviolet absorber, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types are included, it is preferable that their total amount falls within the above range.
<<その他成分>>
 本発明の組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落番号0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<<Other ingredients>>
The composition of the present invention may optionally contain sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers, and other auxiliary agents (e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, etc.). agent, peeling accelerator, fragrance, surface tension regulator, chain transfer agent, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted. These components are described, for example, in paragraphs 0183 and after of JP-A-2012-003225 (corresponding paragraph 0237 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), and in paragraphs of JP-A-2008-250074. The descriptions of numbers 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
<収容容器>
 本発明の組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。また、容器内壁は、容器内壁からの金属溶出を防ぎ、組成物の経時安定性を高めたり、成分変質を抑制するなど目的で、ガラス製やステンレス製などにすることも好ましい。
<Storage container>
The container for storing the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and any known container can be used. In addition, in order to prevent impurities from entering raw materials and compositions, we use multi-layer bottles with an inner wall made of 6 types of 6 layers of resin, and bottles with 7 layers of 6 types of resin as storage containers. It is also preferable to use Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A No. 2015-123351. Furthermore, the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass, stainless steel, or the like for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, increasing stability of the composition over time, and suppressing deterioration of components.
<組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解または分散して組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じては、各成分を適宜配合した2つ以上の溶液または分散液をあらかじめ調製し、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して組成物として調製してもよい。
<Method for preparing composition>
The composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the components described above. When preparing a composition, the composition may be prepared by dissolving or dispersing all the components in a solvent at the same time, or if necessary, two or more solutions or dispersions containing each component may be prepared in advance. The composition may be prepared by mixing these at the time of use (at the time of application).
 組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含んでいてもよい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて顔料の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。分散に使用するビーズの素材としては、ジルコニア、メノウ、石英、チタニア、タングステンカーバイト、窒化ケイ素、アルミナ、ステンレス鋼およびガラスが挙げられる。また、ビーズには、モース硬度が2以上の無機化合物を使用することもできる。組成物中に上記ビーズが1~10000ppm含まれていてもよい。 The preparation of the composition may include a process of dispersing the pigment. In the process of dispersing pigments, mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. In addition, when pulverizing pigments in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use small-diameter beads or increase the filling rate of the beads, thereby increasing the pulverizing efficiency. Further, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, etc. after the pulverization treatment. In addition, the process and dispersion machine for dispersing pigments are described in ``Complete Works of Dispersion Technology, Published by Information Technology Corporation, July 15, 2005'' and ``Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid/liquid dispersion system) and industrial The process and dispersion machine described in Paragraph No. 0022 of JP 2015-157893 A, "Practical Application Comprehensive Data Collection, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978" can be suitably used. Further, in the process of dispersing the pigment, the pigment may be subjected to a finer treatment in a salt milling step. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process, the descriptions in JP-A No. 2015-194521 and JP-A No. 2012-046629 can be referred to, for example. Bead materials used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, and glass. Moreover, an inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can also be used for the beads. The composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the beads.
 組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているフィルタであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン(例えばナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6)等のポリアミド樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量のポリオレフィン樹脂を含む)等の素材を用いたフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)およびナイロンが好ましい。 When preparing the composition, it is preferable to filter the composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. As the filter, any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration and the like can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon (e.g. nylon-6, nylon-6,6), polyolefin resins (high density, ultra-high molecular weight) such as polyethylene, polypropylene (PP), etc. Examples include filters using materials such as polyolefin resin (including polyolefin resin). Among these materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.
 フィルタの孔径は、0.01~7.0μmが好ましく、0.01~3.0μmがより好ましく、0.05~0.5μmが更に好ましい。フィルタの孔径が上記範囲であれば、微細な異物をより確実に除去できる。フィルタの孔径値については、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。フィルタは、日本ポール株式会社(DFA4201NIEY、DFA4201NAEY、DFA4201J006Pなど)、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)および株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタを用いることができる。 The pore diameter of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 μm. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. Regarding the pore size value of the filter, reference can be made to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As the filter, various filters provided by Nippon Pole Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NIEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nippon Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Nippon Microlith Co., Ltd.), Kitz Microfilter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used. .
 また、フィルタとしてファイバ状のろ材を用いることも好ましい。ファイバ状のろ材としては、例えばポリプロピレンファイバ、ナイロンファイバ、グラスファイバ等が挙げられる。市販品としては、ロキテクノ社製のSBPタイプシリーズ(SBP008など)、TPRタイプシリーズ(TPR002、TPR005など)、SHPXタイプシリーズ(SHPX003など)が挙げられる。 It is also preferable to use a fiber-like filter medium as the filter. Examples of fibrous filter media include polypropylene fibers, nylon fibers, and glass fibers. Commercially available products include the SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), the TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and the SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Loki Techno.
 フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタ(例えば、第1のフィルタと第2のフィルタなど)を組み合わせてもよい。その際、各フィルタでのろ過は、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。また、第1のフィルタでのろ過は、分散液のみに対して行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタでろ過を行ってもよい。 When using filters, different filters (for example, a first filter and a second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, filtration with each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed two or more times. Further, filters having different pore diameters within the above-mentioned range may be combined. Alternatively, only the dispersion liquid may be filtered with the first filter, and then filtered with the second filter after other components are mixed.
<膜>
 次に、本発明の膜について説明する。本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の組成物から得られるものである。本発明の膜は、光学フィルタとして好ましく用いることができる。光学フィルタの用途は、特に限定されないが、赤外線カットフィルタ、赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられる。赤外線カットフィルタとしては、例えば、固体撮像素子の受光側における赤外線カットフィルタ(例えば、ウエハーレベルレンズに対する赤外線カットフィルタ用など)、固体撮像素子の裏面側(受光側とは反対側)における赤外線カットフィルタ、環境光センサ用の赤外線カットフィルタ(例えば、情報端末装置が置かれた環境の照度や色調を感知してディスプレイの色調を調整する照度センサや、色調を調整する色補正用センサ)などが挙げられる。特に、固体撮像素子の受光側における赤外線カットフィルタとして好ましく用いることができる。赤外線透過フィルタとしては、可視光を遮光し、特定の波長以上の赤外線を選択的に透過可能なフィルタが挙げられる。
<Membrane>
Next, the membrane of the present invention will be explained. The membrane of the present invention is obtained from the composition of the present invention described above. The film of the present invention can be preferably used as an optical filter. Applications of the optical filter are not particularly limited, but include infrared cut filters, infrared transmission filters, and the like. Examples of the infrared cut filter include an infrared cut filter on the light receiving side of the solid-state image sensor (for example, an infrared cut filter for a wafer level lens, etc.), and an infrared cut filter on the back side of the solid-state image sensor (opposite side to the light receiving side). , infrared cut filters for environmental light sensors (for example, illuminance sensors that detect the illumination and color tone of the environment in which the information terminal device is placed and adjust the color tone of the display, and color correction sensors that adjust the color tone). It will be done. In particular, it can be preferably used as an infrared cut filter on the light receiving side of a solid-state image sensor. Examples of the infrared transmission filter include a filter that can block visible light and selectively transmit infrared rays having a specific wavelength or more.
 本発明の膜は、パターンを有していてもよく、パターンを有さない膜(平坦膜)であってもよい。また、本発明の膜は、支持体上に積層して用いてもよく、本発明の膜を支持体から剥離して用いてもよい。支持体としては、シリコン基板などの半導体基材や、透明基材が挙げられる。 The film of the present invention may have a pattern or may be a film without a pattern (flat film). Further, the membrane of the present invention may be used by being laminated on a support, or the membrane of the present invention may be used by being peeled off from the support. Examples of the support include semiconductor base materials such as silicon substrates and transparent base materials.
 支持体として用いられる半導体基材上には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、半導体基材上には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されていてもよい。また、半導体基材上には、必要により、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下塗り層が設けられていてもよい。 A charge coupled device (CCD), complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the semiconductor substrate used as the support. Further, a black matrix may be formed on the semiconductor substrate to isolate each pixel. Further, an undercoat layer may be provided on the semiconductor substrate, if necessary, for improving adhesion with the upper layer, preventing substance diffusion, or flattening the substrate surface.
 支持体として用いられる透明基材としては、少なくとも可視光を透過できる材料で構成されたものであれば特に限定されない。例えば、ガラス、樹脂などの材質で構成された基材が挙げられる。樹脂としては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステル樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、エチレン酢酸ビニル共重合体等のポリオレフィン樹脂、ノルボルネン樹脂、ポリアクリレート、ポリメチルメタクリレート等のアクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、塩化ビニル樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリビニルブチラール樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂等が挙げられる。ガラスとしては、ソーダライムガラス、ホウケイ酸ガラス、無アルカリガラス、石英ガラス、銅を含有するガラスなどが挙げられる。銅を含有するガラスとしては、銅を含有する燐酸塩ガラス、銅を含有する弗燐酸塩ガラスなどが挙げられる。銅を含有するガラスは、市販品を用いることもできる。銅を含有するガラスの市販品としては、NF-50(AGCテクノグラス(株)製)等が挙げられる。 The transparent substrate used as the support is not particularly limited as long as it is made of a material that can transmit at least visible light. Examples include base materials made of materials such as glass and resin. Examples of resins include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene vinyl acetate copolymers, acrylic resins such as norbornene resins, polyacrylates, and polymethyl methacrylates, urethane resins, and vinyl chloride resins. , fluororesin, polycarbonate resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, and the like. Examples of the glass include soda lime glass, borosilicate glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, and glass containing copper. Examples of glass containing copper include phosphate glass containing copper, fluorophosphate glass containing copper, and the like. A commercially available glass containing copper can also be used. Examples of commercially available glass containing copper include NF-50 (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd.).
 本発明の膜の厚さは、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。膜の厚さは200μm以下とすることができ、150μm以下とすることもでき、120μm以下とすることもでき、20μm以下とすることもでき、10μm以下とすることもでき、5μm以下とすることもできる。膜の厚さの下限は0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましい。 The thickness of the film of the present invention can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose. The thickness of the film can be 200 μm or less, 150 μm or less, 120 μm or less, 20 μm or less, 10 μm or less, and 5 μm or less. You can also do it. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more.
 本発明の膜を赤外線カットフィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、波長650~1500nm(好ましくは波長660~1200nm、より好ましくは波長660~1000nm)の範囲に極大吸収波長が存在することが好ましい。また、波長420~550nmの光の平均透過率が50%以上であることが好ましく、70%以上であることがより好ましく、80%以上であることが更に好ましく、85%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、波長420~550nmの全ての範囲での透過率が50%以上であることが好ましく、70%以上であることがより好ましく、80%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、本発明の膜は、波長650~1500nm(好ましくは波長660~1200nm、より好ましくは波長660~1000nm)の範囲の少なくとも1点での透過率が15%以下であることが好ましく、10%以下がより好ましく、5%以下が更に好ましい。また、本発明の膜は、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1とした時、波長420~550nmの範囲における平均吸光度が0.30以下であることが好ましく、0.20以下であることがより好ましく、0.15以下であることが更に好ましく、0.10以下であることが特に好ましい。 When the film of the present invention is used as an infrared cut filter, it is preferable that the film of the present invention has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 650 to 1500 nm (preferably a wavelength of 660 to 1200 nm, more preferably a wavelength of 660 to 1000 nm). . Further, the average transmittance of light with a wavelength of 420 to 550 nm is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, even more preferably 80% or more, and especially 85% or more. preferable. Further, the transmittance over the entire wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, and even more preferably 80% or more. Further, the film of the present invention preferably has a transmittance of 15% or less at at least one point in the wavelength range of 650 to 1500 nm (preferably wavelength 660 to 1200 nm, more preferably wavelength 660 to 1000 nm), and preferably 10% or less. The content is more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 5% or less. Further, in the film of the present invention, when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1, the average absorbance in the wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm is preferably 0.30 or less, more preferably 0.20 or less, It is more preferably 0.15 or less, particularly preferably 0.10 or less.
 本発明の膜を赤外線透過フィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、例えば、以下の(i1)~(i3)のいずれかの分光特性を有することが好ましい。
 (i1):波長400~850nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1000~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~850nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長950nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
 (i2):波長400~950nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~950nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長1050nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
 (i3):波長400~1050nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1200~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~1050nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長1150nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
When the film of the present invention is used as an infrared transmission filter, the film of the present invention preferably has, for example, any one of the following spectral properties (i1) to (i3).
(i1): The maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 850 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in a wavelength range of 400 to 850 nm and transmit light with a wavelength exceeding 950 nm.
(i2): The maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and transmit light with a wavelength exceeding 1050 nm.
(i3): The maximum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of transmittance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm and transmit light with a wavelength exceeding 1150 nm.
 本発明の膜は、有彩色着色剤を含むカラーフィルタと組み合わせて用いることもできる。カラーフィルタは、有彩色着色剤を含む着色組成物を用いて製造できる。本発明の膜を赤外線カットフィルタとして用い、かつ、本発明の膜とカラーフィルタと組み合わせて用いる場合、本発明の膜の光路上にカラーフィルタが配置されていることが好ましい。例えば、本発明の膜とカラーフィルタとを積層して積層体として用いることが好ましい。積層体においては、本発明の膜とカラーフィルタとは、両者が厚み方向で隣接していてもよく、隣接していなくてもよい。本発明の膜とカラーフィルタとが厚み方向で隣接していない場合は、カラーフィルタが形成された支持体とは別の支持体上に、本発明の膜が形成されていてもよく、本発明の膜とカラーフィルタとの間に、固体撮像素子を構成する他の部材(例えば、マイクロレンズ、平坦化層など)が介在していてもよい。 The film of the present invention can also be used in combination with a color filter containing a chromatic colorant. A color filter can be manufactured using a coloring composition containing a chromatic colorant. When the film of the present invention is used as an infrared cut filter and is used in combination with a color filter, the color filter is preferably disposed on the optical path of the film of the present invention. For example, it is preferable to laminate the film of the present invention and a color filter to form a laminate. In the laminate, the film of the present invention and the color filter may or may not be adjacent to each other in the thickness direction. When the film of the present invention and the color filter are not adjacent in the thickness direction, the film of the present invention may be formed on a support different from the support on which the color filter is formed, and the film of the present invention may be formed on a support different from the support on which the color filter is formed. Other members (for example, microlenses, flattening layers, etc.) constituting the solid-state imaging device may be interposed between the film and the color filter.
 本発明の膜は、CCD(電荷結合素子)やCMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)などの固体撮像素子や、赤外線センサ、画像表示装置などの各種装置に用いることができる。 The film of the present invention can be used in various devices such as solid-state imaging devices such as CCDs (charge-coupled devices) and CMOSs (complementary metal oxide semiconductors), infrared sensors, and image display devices.
<膜の製造方法>
 本発明の膜は、本発明の組成物を塗布する工程を経て製造できる。
<Membrane manufacturing method>
The membrane of the present invention can be manufactured through a step of applying the composition of the present invention.
 支持体としては、上述したものが挙げられる。組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;回転塗布法(スピンコーティング);流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(たとえば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えばオンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。インクジェットでの適用方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば「広がる・使えるインクジェット-特許に見る無限の可能性-、2005年2月発行、住ベテクノリサーチ」に示された方法(特に115ページ~133ページ)や、特開2003-262716号公報、特開2003-185831号公報、特開2003-261827号公報、特開2012-126830号公報、特開2006-169325号公報などに記載の方法が挙げられる。 Examples of the support include those mentioned above. As a method for applying the composition, a known method can be used. For example, drop casting method; slit coating method; spray method; roll coating method; spin coating method; casting coating method; slit and spin method; Various methods such as inkjet (for example, on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection printing such as nozzle jet, flexo printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. Examples include printing method; transfer method using a mold etc.; nanoimprint method. The application method for inkjet is not particularly limited, and for example, the method shown in "Expanding and Usable Inkjet - Infinite Possibilities Seen in Patents," Published February 2005, Sumibe Techno Research (especially from page 115). 133 pages), and methods described in JP-A No. 2003-262716, JP-A No. 2003-185831, JP-A No. 2003-261827, JP-A No. 2012-126830, JP-A No. 2006-169325, etc. Can be mentioned.
 組成物を塗布して形成した組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10秒~3000秒が好ましく、40~2500秒がより好ましく、80~220秒が更に好ましい。乾燥は、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The composition layer formed by applying the composition may be dried (prebaked). When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower, and even more preferably 110°C or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or higher, or 80°C or higher. The prebake time is preferably 10 seconds to 3000 seconds, more preferably 40 to 2500 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. Drying can be performed using a hot plate, oven, or the like.
 膜の製造方法においては、更にパターンを形成する工程を含んでいてもよい。パターン形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法を用いたパターン形成方法や、ドライエッチング法を用いたパターン形成方法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法を用いたパターン形成方法が好ましい。なお、本発明の膜を平坦膜として用いる場合には、パターンを形成する工程を行わなくてもよい。以下、パターンを形成する工程について詳細に説明する。 The film manufacturing method may further include a step of forming a pattern. Examples of the pattern forming method include a pattern forming method using a photolithography method and a pattern forming method using a dry etching method, and a pattern forming method using a photolithography method is preferable. Note that when the film of the present invention is used as a flat film, the step of forming a pattern may not be performed. Hereinafter, the process of forming a pattern will be described in detail.
(フォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成する場合)
 フォトリソグラフィ法でのパターン形成方法は、本発明の組成物を塗布して形成した組成物層に対しパターン状に露光する工程(露光工程)と、未露光部の組成物層を現像除去してパターンを形成する工程(現像工程)と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、現像されたパターンをベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。以下、各工程について説明する。
(When forming a pattern using photolithography)
The pattern forming method using the photolithography method includes a step of exposing a composition layer formed by applying the composition of the present invention to light in a pattern (exposure step), and developing and removing the unexposed portions of the composition layer. It is preferable to include a step of forming a pattern (developing step). If necessary, a step of baking the developed pattern (post-bake step) may be provided. Each step will be explained below.
 露光工程では組成物層をパターン状に露光する。例えば、組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 In the exposure step, the composition layer is exposed in a pattern. For example, the composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing the composition layer to light through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. This allows the exposed portion to be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Radiation (light) that can be used during exposure includes g-line, i-line, etc. Furthermore, light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), and KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm). Furthermore, a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 Furthermore, during exposure, light may be exposed by continuous irradiation, or exposure may be performed by irradiation in pulses (pulse exposure). Note that pulse exposure is an exposure method in which exposure is performed by repeating light irradiation and pauses in short cycles (for example, on the millisecond level or less).
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、または、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 . The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being carried out in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially The exposure may be performed in an oxygen-free environment (in the absence of oxygen), or in a high oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume % (for example, 22 volume %, 30 volume %, or 50 volume %). Further, the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000W/m 2 to 100000W/m 2 (for example, 5000W/m 2 , 15000W/m 2 , or 35000W/m 2 ). I can do it. The oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, the illumination intensity may be 10,000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume, or 20,000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume.
 次に、露光後の組成物層における未露光部の組成物層を現像除去してパターンを形成する。未露光部の組成物層の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが支持体上に残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、更に新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed portions of the composition layer after exposure are removed by development to form a pattern. The composition layer in the unexposed area can be removed by development using a developer. As a result, the unexposed portions of the composition layer in the exposure step are eluted into the developer, and only the photocured portions remain on the support. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Furthermore, in order to improve the ability to remove residues, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and supplying a new developer may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。アルカリ現像液としては、アルカリ剤を純水で希釈したアルカリ性水溶液(アルカリ現像液)が好ましい。アルカリ剤としては、例えば、アンモニア、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、ジグリコールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、ヒドロキシアミン、エチレンジアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物や、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどの無機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。アルカリ剤は、分子量が大きい化合物の方が環境面および安全面で好ましい。アルカリ性水溶液のアルカリ剤の濃度は、0.001~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~1質量%がより好ましい。また、現像液は、更に界面活性剤を含有していてもよい。界面活性剤としては、ノニオン性界面活性剤が好ましい。現像液は、移送や保管の便宜などの観点より、一旦濃縮液として製造し、使用時に必要な濃度に希釈してもよい。希釈倍率は特に限定されないが、例えば1.5~100倍の範囲に設定することができる。また、現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)することも好ましい。また、リンスは、現像後の組成物層が形成された支持体を回転させつつ、現像後の組成物層へリンス液を供給して行うことが好ましい。また、リンス液を吐出させるノズルを支持体の中心部から支持体の周縁部に移動させて行うことも好ましい。この際、ノズルの支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させるにあたり、ノズルの移動速度を徐々に低下させながら移動させてもよい。このようにしてリンスを行うことで、リンスの面内ばらつきを抑制できる。また、ノズルを支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させつつ、支持体の回転速度を徐々に低下させても同様の効果が得られる。 Examples of the developer include organic solvents and alkaline developers, and alkaline developers are preferably used. As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developer) prepared by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable. Examples of alkaline agents include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxyamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. , ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, etc. Examples include alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, and sodium metasilicate. As for the alkali agent, compounds with a large molecular weight are preferable from the environmental and safety viewpoints. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. Moreover, the developer may further contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, nonionic surfactants are preferred. For convenience in transportation and storage, the developing solution may be manufactured as a concentrated solution and then diluted to a required concentration before use. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set, for example, in the range of 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Further, rinsing is preferably performed by supplying a rinsing liquid to the developed composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed composition layer is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle that discharges the rinsing liquid from the center of the support to the periphery of the support. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the peripheral edge, the nozzle may be moved while gradually decreasing its moving speed. By performing rinsing in this manner, in-plane variations in rinsing can be suppressed. The same effect can also be obtained by gradually reducing the rotational speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the peripheral edge.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば100~240℃が好ましく、200~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 After development, it is preferable to perform additional exposure treatment or heat treatment (post-bake) after drying. Additional exposure processing and post-bake are post-development curing processing to complete curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 240°C. Post-baking can be carried out in a continuous or batch manner using a heating means such as a hot plate, convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or high-frequency heater to maintain the developed film under the above conditions. . When performing additional exposure processing, the light used for exposure is preferably light with a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
(ドライエッチング法でパターン形成する場合)
 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、上記組成物を支持体上に塗布して形成した組成物層を硬化して硬化物層を形成し、次いで、この硬化物層上にパターニングされたフォトレジスト層を形成し、次いで、パターニングされたフォトレジスト層をマスクとして硬化物層に対してエッチングガスを用いてドライエッチングするなどの方法で行うことができる。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、プリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成については、特開2013-064993号公報の段落番号0010~0067の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(When forming a pattern using dry etching method)
Pattern formation by the dry etching method involves applying the above composition onto a support and curing the composition layer to form a cured product layer, and then forming a patterned photoresist layer on this cured product layer. This can be carried out by forming a patterned photoresist layer as a mask, and dry etching the cured material layer using an etching gas. In forming the photoresist layer, it is preferable to perform a prebaking process. Regarding pattern formation by the dry etching method, the descriptions in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP-A No. 2013-064993 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into the present specification.
<光学フィルタ>
 本発明の光学フィルタは、上述した本発明の膜を有する。光学フィルタの種類としては、赤外線カットフィルタおよび赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられる。
<Optical filter>
The optical filter of the present invention has the film of the present invention described above. Types of optical filters include infrared cut filters and infrared transmission filters.
 本発明の光学フィルタは、上述した本発明の膜の他に、更に、銅を含有する層、誘電体多層膜、紫外線吸収層などを有していてもよい。紫外線吸収層としては、例えば、国際公開第2015/099060号の段落番号0040~0070、0119~0145に記載された吸収層が挙げられる。誘電体多層膜としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落番号0255~0259に記載された誘電体多層膜が挙げられる。銅を含有する層としては、銅を含有するガラスで構成されたガラス基板(銅含有ガラス基板)や、銅錯体を含む層(銅錯体含有層)を用いることもできる。銅含有ガラス基板としては、銅を含有する燐酸塩ガラス、銅を含有する弗燐酸塩ガラスなどが挙げられる。銅含有ガラスの市販品としては、NF-50(AGCテクノグラス(株)製)、BG-60、BG-61(以上、ショット社製)、CD5000(HOYA(株)製)等が挙げられる。 In addition to the film of the invention described above, the optical filter of the invention may further include a copper-containing layer, a dielectric multilayer film, an ultraviolet absorbing layer, and the like. Examples of the ultraviolet absorbing layer include the absorbing layers described in paragraph numbers 0040 to 0070 and 0119 to 0145 of International Publication No. 2015/099060. Examples of the dielectric multilayer film include the dielectric multilayer films described in paragraph numbers 0255 to 0259 of JP-A No. 2014-041318. As the layer containing copper, a glass substrate made of glass containing copper (copper-containing glass substrate) or a layer containing a copper complex (copper complex-containing layer) can also be used. Examples of the copper-containing glass substrate include phosphate glass containing copper, fluorophosphate glass containing copper, and the like. Commercially available copper-containing glasses include NF-50 (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd.), BG-60, BG-61 (all manufactured by Schott Co., Ltd.), and CD5000 (manufactured by HOYA Co., Ltd.).
<固体撮像素子>
 本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明の膜を含む。固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明の膜を有する構成であり、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はない。例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid-state image sensor>
The solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the film of the present invention described above. The structure of the solid-state image sensor is not particularly limited as long as it has the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state image sensor. For example, the following configurations may be mentioned.
 支持体上に、固体撮像素子の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等で形成される転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口したタングステン等で形成される遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等で形成されるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、本発明の膜を有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であって、本発明の膜の下(支持体に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、本発明の膜上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素を形成する膜が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報に記載された装置が挙げられる。 A plurality of photodiodes constituting the light-receiving area of the solid-state image sensor and a transfer electrode made of polysilicon are formed on the support body, and a transfer electrode made of tungsten or the like with only the light-receiving part of the photodiode opened above the photodiode and the transfer electrode. A device protective film formed of silicon nitride or the like is formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving part. The structure has a film of Furthermore, a configuration in which a light focusing means (for example, a microlens, etc., the same applies hereinafter) is provided on the device protective film and below the film of the present invention (on the side closer to the support), or a structure in which light is focused on the film of the present invention A configuration having a means or the like may be used. Further, the color filter may have a structure in which a film forming each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned into, for example, a lattice shape by partition walls. In this case, the partition wall preferably has a lower refractive index than each pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include devices described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-open Nos. 2012-227478 and 2014-179577.
<画像表示装置>
 本発明の画像表示装置は、本発明の膜を含む。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(有機EL)表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。画像表示装置は、白色有機EL素子を有するものであってもよい。白色有機EL素子としては、タンデム構造であることが好ましい。有機EL素子のタンデム構造については、特開2003-045676号公報、三上明義監修、「有機EL技術開発の最前線-高輝度・高精度・長寿命化・ノウハウ集-」、技術情報協会、326~328ページ、2008年などに記載されている。有機EL素子が発光する白色光のスペクトルは、青色領域(430~485nm)、緑色領域(530~580nm)及び黄色領域(580~620nm)に強い極大発光ピークを有するものが好ましい。これらの発光ピークに加え更に赤色領域(650~700nm)に極大発光ピークを有するものがより好ましい。
<Image display device>
The image display device of the present invention includes the film of the present invention. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence (organic EL) display device. For definitions and details of image display devices, see, for example, "Electronic Display Devices (written by Akio Sasaki, published by Industrial Research Institute Co., Ltd., 1990)" and "Display Devices (written by Junaki Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd., published in 1989). Publication)” etc. Further, liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosenkai Co., Ltd., 1994)". There is no particular restriction on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied, and for example, the present invention can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology." The image display device may include a white organic EL element. The white organic EL element preferably has a tandem structure. Regarding the tandem structure of organic EL elements, see Japanese Patent Application Laid-open No. 2003-045676, supervised by Akiyoshi Mikami, "The forefront of organic EL technology development - High brightness, high precision, long life, collection of know-how", Technical Information Association, It is described in pages 326-328, 2008, etc. The spectrum of white light emitted by the organic EL element preferably has strong maximum emission peaks in the blue region (430 to 485 nm), green region (530 to 580 nm), and yellow region (580 to 620 nm). In addition to these emission peaks, it is more preferable to have a maximum emission peak in the red region (650 to 700 nm).
<赤外線センサ>
 本発明の赤外線センサは、上述した本発明の膜を含む。赤外線センサの構成としては、赤外線センサとして機能する構成であれば特に限定はない。以下、本発明の赤外線センサの一実施形態について、図面を用いて説明する。
<Infrared sensor>
The infrared sensor of the present invention includes the film of the present invention described above. The configuration of the infrared sensor is not particularly limited as long as it functions as an infrared sensor. EMBODIMENT OF THE INVENTION Hereinafter, one embodiment of the infrared sensor of this invention is described using drawings.
 図1において、符号110は、固体撮像素子である。固体撮像素子110の撮像領域上には、赤外線カットフィルタ111と、赤外線透過フィルタ114とが配置されている。また、赤外線カットフィルタ111上には、カラーフィルタ112が配置されている。カラーフィルタ112および赤外線透過フィルタ114の入射光hν側には、マイクロレンズ115が配置されている。マイクロレンズ115を覆うように平坦化層116が形成されている。 In FIG. 1, numeral 110 is a solid-state image sensor. An infrared cut filter 111 and an infrared transmission filter 114 are arranged on the imaging area of the solid-state image sensor 110. Furthermore, a color filter 112 is arranged on the infrared cut filter 111. A microlens 115 is arranged on the incident light hv side of the color filter 112 and the infrared transmission filter 114. A flattening layer 116 is formed to cover the microlens 115.
 赤外線カットフィルタ111は本発明の組成物を用いて形成することができる。カラーフィルタ112は、可視領域における特定波長の光を透過及び吸収する画素が形成されたカラーフィルタであって、特に限定はなく、従来公知の画素形成用のカラーフィルタを用いることができる。例えば、赤色(R)、緑色(G)、青色(B)の画素が形成されたカラーフィルタなどが用いられる。例えば、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0214~0263の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。赤外線透過フィルタ114は、使用する赤外LEDの発光波長に応じてその特性が選択される。赤外線透過フィルタ114は本発明の組成物を用いて形成することができる。 The infrared cut filter 111 can be formed using the composition of the present invention. The color filter 112 is a color filter in which pixels that transmit and absorb light of a specific wavelength in the visible region are formed, and there is no particular limitation, and a conventionally known color filter for forming pixels can be used. For example, a color filter in which red (R), green (G), and blue (B) pixels are formed is used. For example, the descriptions in paragraph numbers 0214 to 0263 of JP-A No. 2014-043556 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. The characteristics of the infrared transmission filter 114 are selected depending on the emission wavelength of the infrared LED used. The infrared transmission filter 114 can be formed using the composition of the present invention.
 図1に示す赤外線センサにおいて、平坦化層116上には、赤外線カットフィルタ111とは別の赤外線カットフィルタ(他の赤外線カットフィルタ)が更に配置されていてもよい。他の赤外線カットフィルタとしては、銅を含有する層および/または誘電体多層膜を有するものなどが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、上述したものが挙げられる。また、他の赤外線カットフィルタとしては、デュアルバンドパスフィルタを用いてもよい。 In the infrared sensor shown in FIG. 1, an infrared cut filter other than the infrared cut filter 111 (another infrared cut filter) may be further disposed on the flattening layer 116. Other infrared cut filters include those having a layer containing copper and/or a dielectric multilayer film. Details of these are mentioned above. Moreover, a dual band pass filter may be used as another infrared cut filter.
<カメラモジュール>
 本発明のカメラモジュールは、上述した本発明の膜を含む。カメラモジュールは、レンズ、及び、固体撮像素子から得られる撮像を処理する回路を更に有することが好ましい。カメラモジュールに用いられる固体撮像素子としては、上記本開示に係る固体撮像素子であってもよいし、公知の固体撮像素子であってもよい。また、カメラモジュールに用いられるレンズ、及び、上記固体撮像素子から得られる撮像を処理する回路としては、公知のものを用いることができる。カメラモジュールの例としては、特開2016-006476号公報、及び、特開2014-197190号公報に記載のカメラモジュールを参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Camera module>
The camera module of the present invention includes the membrane of the present invention described above. Preferably, the camera module further includes a lens and a circuit that processes images obtained from the solid-state image sensor. The solid-state image sensor used in the camera module may be the solid-state image sensor according to the present disclosure described above, or may be a known solid-state image sensor. Further, as the lens used in the camera module and the circuit that processes the image obtained from the solid-state image sensor, known ones can be used. As an example of the camera module, camera modules described in JP-A No. 2016-006476 and JP-A No. 2014-197190 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated into this specification.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。なお、以下に示す構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、tBuはtert-ブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。 The present invention will be explained in more detail with reference to Examples below. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. In the structural formula shown below, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, tBu represents a tert-butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
<組成物の製造>
 下記表に記載の素材を混合し、攪拌した後、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して各組成物を製造した。
<Manufacture of composition>
The materials listed in the table below were mixed, stirred, and then filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm to produce each composition.
 表中の略語で示す素材の詳細は下記の通りである。 Details of the materials indicated by abbreviations in the table are as follows.
(赤外線吸収剤)
 SQ-1~SQ-17:式(1)で表される化合物(特定化合物)の具体例として挙げた化合物SQ-1~SQ-17
 SQ-c1、色素A~T:下記構造の化合物
(Infrared absorber)
SQ-1 to SQ-17: Compounds SQ-1 to SQ-17 listed as specific examples of the compound represented by formula (1) (specific compound)
SQ-c1, dyes A to T: compounds with the following structure
(褪色防止剤)
 a-1~a-8:下記構造の化合物(フェノール系酸化防止剤)
(Anti-fading agent)
a-1 to a-8: Compounds with the following structure (phenolic antioxidants)
 b-1~b-6:下記構造の化合物(リン系酸化防止剤)
b-1 to b-6: Compounds with the following structure (phosphorus antioxidants)
 c-1~c-7:下記構造の化合物(アミン系酸化防止剤)
c-1 to c-7: Compounds with the following structure (amine antioxidants)
 d-1~d-6:下記構造の化合物(消光剤)
d-1 to d-6: Compounds with the following structure (quencher)
 e-1~e-4下記構造の化合物(硫黄系酸化防止剤)
e-1 to e-4 Compounds with the following structure (sulfur-based antioxidants)
 f-1:テトラメチルエチレン(一重項酸素消去剤)
 f-2:1,3-ジフェニルイソベンゾフラン(一重項酸素消去剤)
 f-3:N-エチルイミダゾール(一重項酸素消去剤)
f-1: Tetramethylethylene (singlet oxygen scavenger)
f-2: 1,3-diphenylisobenzofuran (singlet oxygen scavenger)
f-3: N-ethylimidazole (singlet oxygen scavenger)
(樹脂)
 樹脂1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比である、重量平均分子量17000、分散度2.3)
 樹脂2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比である、重量平均分子量9700、分散度1.8)
 樹脂3: 下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比である、重量平均分子量10100、分散度1.7)
 樹脂4:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比である、重量平均分子量25000、分散度2.2)
 樹脂5:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比である、重量平均分子量13000、分散度2.0)
 樹脂6:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比である、重量平均分子量10000、分散度2.0)
 樹脂7:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比である、重量平均分子量8000、分散度1.8)
 樹脂8: 下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位のモル比である、重量平均分子量10500、分散度2.4)
 樹脂9:ARTON F4520(JSR(株)製、環状ポリオレフィン樹脂)
(resin)
Resin 1: Resin with the following structure (the numbers appended to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 17,000, degree of dispersion 2.3)
Resin 2: Resin with the following structure (the numbers added to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 9700, dispersity 1.8)
Resin 3: Resin with the following structure (the numbers added to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 10100, dispersity 1.7)
Resin 4: Resin with the following structure (the numbers appended to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 25,000, dispersity 2.2)
Resin 5: Resin with the following structure (the numbers appended to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 13000, degree of dispersion 2.0)
Resin 6: Resin with the following structure (the numbers appended to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 10,000, degree of dispersion 2.0)
Resin 7: Resin with the following structure (the numbers appended to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 8000, dispersity 1.8)
Resin 8: Resin with the following structure (the numbers appended to the main chain are the molar ratio of repeating units, weight average molecular weight 10500, dispersity 2.4)
Resin 9: ARTON F4520 (manufactured by JSR Corporation, cyclic polyolefin resin)
(紫外線吸収剤)
 紫外線吸収剤1:UV-503(大東化学株式会社)
 紫外線吸収剤2:UVinul3050(BASF社製、下記構造の化合物)
 紫外線吸収剤3:下記構造の化合物(ジクロロメタン中での極大吸収波長394nm)
 紫外線吸収剤4:Tinuvin477(BASF社製、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤)
 紫外線吸収剤5:Tinuvin326(BASF社製、下記構造の化合物)
 紫外線吸収剤6:国際公開第2021/131355号に記載された化合物(2)-22(下記構造の化合物)
 紫外線吸収剤7:国際公開第2021/131355号に記載された化合物(1)-46(下記構造の化合物)
 紫外線吸収剤8:国際公開第2021/132247号に記載された化合物A-1(下記構造の化合物)
 紫外線吸収剤9:NeoHeliopan357(Symrise社製、下記構造の化合物)
 紫外線吸収剤10:下記構造の化合物
(UV absorber)
Ultraviolet absorber 1: UV-503 (Daito Chemical Co., Ltd.)
Ultraviolet absorber 2: UVinul3050 (manufactured by BASF, compound with the following structure)
Ultraviolet absorber 3: Compound with the following structure (maximum absorption wavelength in dichloromethane: 394 nm)
Ultraviolet absorber 4: Tinuvin477 (manufactured by BASF, hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber)
Ultraviolet absorber 5: Tinuvin326 (manufactured by BASF, compound with the following structure)
Ultraviolet absorber 6: Compound (2)-22 (compound with the following structure) described in International Publication No. 2021/131355
Ultraviolet absorber 7: Compound (1)-46 described in International Publication No. 2021/131355 (compound with the following structure)
Ultraviolet absorber 8: Compound A-1 (compound with the following structure) described in International Publication No. 2021/132247
Ultraviolet absorber 9: NeoHeliopan357 (manufactured by Symrise, compound with the following structure)
Ultraviolet absorber 10: Compound with the following structure
(界面活性剤)
 界面活性剤1:FTX-218D(ネオス社製、フッ素系界面活性剤)
 界面活性剤2:下記構造の化合物(重量平均分子量14000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である)
 界面活性剤3:メガファックF-554(DIC(株)製、フッ素系界面活性剤)
(surfactant)
Surfactant 1: FTX-218D (manufactured by Neos, fluorine-based surfactant)
Surfactant 2: Compound with the following structure (weight average molecular weight 14,000, the numerical value of % indicating the proportion of repeating units is mol%)
Surfactant 3: Megafac F-554 (manufactured by DIC Corporation, fluorine-based surfactant)
(光重合開始剤)
 光重合開始剤1:IRGACURE-OXE01(BASF社製)〔2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-オクタンジオン〕 
 光重合開始剤2:国際公開第2017/169819号に記載された化合物No.1(下記構造の化合物)
 光重合開始剤3:国際公開第2017/169819号に記載された化合物No.10(下記構造の化合物)
 光重合開始剤4:特開2019-168654号公報に記載された化合物No.5(下記構造の化合物)
 光重合開始剤5:特開2019-168654号公報に記載された化合物No.73(下記構造の化合物)
(Photopolymerization initiator)
Photoinitiator 1: IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) [2-(O-benzoyloxime)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-octanedione]
Photopolymerization initiator 2: Compound No. 2 described in International Publication No. 2017/169819. 1 (compound with the following structure)
Photopolymerization initiator 3: Compound No. 3 described in International Publication No. 2017/169819. 10 (compound with the following structure)
Photopolymerization initiator 4: Compound No. described in JP-A No. 2019-168654. 5 (compound with the following structure)
Photopolymerization initiator 5: Compound No. described in JP-A No. 2019-168654. 73 (compound with the following structure)
(酸発生剤)
 酸発生剤1:CPI-100P(サンアプロ(株)製)
(acid generator)
Acid generator 1: CPI-100P (manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd.)
(重合性化合物)
 重合性化合物1:KAYARAD DPHA(日本化薬(株)製、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートの混合物)
 重合性化合物2:アロニックスM-510(東亞合成(株)製、多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマー)
(Polymerizable compound)
Polymerizable compound 1: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate)
Polymerizable compound 2: Aronix M-510 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomer)
(重合禁止剤)
 重合禁止剤1:p-メトキシフェノール
(Polymerization inhibitor)
Polymerization inhibitor 1: p-methoxyphenol
(溶剤)
 溶剤1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート
 溶剤2:シクロペンタノン
(solvent)
Solvent 1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Solvent 2: Cyclopentanone
<赤外線遮蔽性、可視透明性、耐光性及び耐熱性の評価>
 実施例1~86、比較例1~4の組成物については、以下の膜作製方法1に従い膜を作製した。実施例501~580、比較例501~504の組成物については、以下の膜作製方法2に従い膜を作製した。
<Evaluation of infrared shielding properties, visible transparency, light resistance, and heat resistance>
For the compositions of Examples 1 to 86 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4, films were produced according to the following film production method 1. For the compositions of Examples 501 to 580 and Comparative Examples 501 to 504, films were produced according to the following film production method 2.
 膜作製法1:各組成物を、ガラス基材(コーニング社製1737)上に、乾燥後の膜厚が1.0μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、100℃のホットプレートを用いて120秒間加熱処理(プリベーク)を行った。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して、500mJ/cmの露光量で全面露光した。さらに、200℃のホットプレートを用いて300秒間加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、膜を得た。 Film production method 1: Each composition was coated on a glass substrate (Corning Co., Ltd. 1737) using a spin coater so that the film thickness after drying was 1.0 μm, and coated using a 100°C hot plate. A heat treatment (prebaking) was performed for 120 seconds. Next, the entire surface was exposed using an i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.) at an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 . Furthermore, heat treatment (post-bake) was performed for 300 seconds using a 200° C. hot plate to obtain a film.
 膜作製法2:各組成物を、ガラス基材(コーニング社製1737)上に、乾燥後の膜厚が1.0μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、100℃のホットプレートを用いて100℃で10分間加熱(プリベーク)を行った。次いで、200℃で8分間加熱して硬化処理を行い、膜を得た。 Film production method 2: Each composition was applied onto a glass substrate (Corning Co., Ltd. 1737) using a spin coater so that the film thickness after drying was 1.0 μm, and then coated using a hot plate at 100°C. Then, heating (prebaking) was performed at 100° C. for 10 minutes. Next, a curing treatment was performed by heating at 200° C. for 8 minutes to obtain a film.
-赤外線遮蔽性の評価-
 得られた膜の、波長700nmを超える波長範囲で極大吸収波長±10nmの範囲の平均透過率を分光光度計U-4100((株)日立ハイテクノロジーズ製)を用いて測定し、以下の基準で赤外線遮蔽性を評価した。
 A:波長700nmを超える波長範囲で極大吸収波長±10nmの範囲における平均透過率≦5%
 B:5%<波長700nmを超える波長範囲で極大吸収波長±10nmの範囲における平均透過率≦10%
 C:10%<波長700nmを超える波長範囲で極大吸収波長±10nmの範囲における平均透過率
-Evaluation of infrared shielding properties-
The average transmittance of the obtained film in the wavelength range exceeding 700 nm and the maximum absorption wavelength ±10 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), and the average transmittance was measured according to the following criteria. The infrared shielding properties were evaluated.
A: Average transmittance ≦5% in the wavelength range exceeding 700 nm and within the maximum absorption wavelength ±10 nm.
B: Average transmittance in the range of maximum absorption wavelength ± 10 nm in the wavelength range exceeding 5% < wavelength 700 nm ≦ 10%
C: Average transmittance in the range of maximum absorption wavelength ± 10 nm in the wavelength range exceeding 10% < wavelength 700 nm
-可視透明性の評価-
 得られた膜の、波長420~550nmでの平均透過率を分光光度計U-4100((株)日立ハイテクノロジーズ製)を用いて測定し、以下の基準で可視透明性を評価した。
 A:波長420~550nmの範囲における平均透過率≧95%
 B:90%≦波長420~550nmの範囲における平均透過率<95%
 C:波長420~550nmの範囲における平均透過率<90%
-Evaluation of visible transparency-
The average transmittance of the obtained film at a wavelength of 420 to 550 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), and the visible transparency was evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: Average transmittance in the wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm ≧95%
B: 90%≦average transmittance in the wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm<95%
C: Average transmittance in the wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm <90%
-耐光性の評価-
 得られた膜に対し、Xeランプにて紫外線カットフィルタを通して5万ルクスの光を20時間照射して耐光性試験を行い、色度計MCPD-1000(大塚電子(株)製)にて、耐光性試験前後の膜の色差のΔEab値を測定し、以下の基準で耐光性を評価した。ΔEab値が小さいほど耐光性に優れることを意味する。
 A:ΔEab値<2.5
 B:2.5≦ΔEab値<5
 C:5≦ΔEab値<10
 D:10≦ΔEab値
-Evaluation of light resistance-
The obtained film was subjected to a light resistance test by irradiating it with 50,000 lux light for 20 hours through an ultraviolet cut filter using a Xe lamp. The ΔEab value of the color difference of the film before and after the property test was measured, and the light resistance was evaluated based on the following criteria. The smaller the ΔEab value, the better the light resistance.
A: ΔEab value<2.5
B: 2.5≦ΔEab value<5
C: 5≦ΔEab value<10
D: 10≦ΔEab value
-耐熱性の評価-
 得られた膜を150℃の恒温器に入れて6ヵ月間保管して耐熱性試験を行い、色度計MCPD-1000(大塚電子(株)製)にて、耐熱性試験前後の膜の色差のΔEab値を測定し、以下の基準で耐熱性を評価した。ΔEab値が小さいほど耐熱性に優れることを意味する。
 A:ΔEab値<2.5
 B:2.5≦ΔEab値<5
 C:5≦ΔEab値<7.5
 D:7.5≦ΔEab値<10
 E:10≦ΔEab値
-Evaluation of heat resistance-
The obtained film was stored in a thermostat at 150°C for 6 months to perform a heat resistance test, and the color difference of the film before and after the heat resistance test was measured using a color meter MCPD-1000 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.). The ΔEab value was measured, and the heat resistance was evaluated based on the following criteria. The smaller the ΔEab value, the better the heat resistance.
A: ΔEab value<2.5
B: 2.5≦ΔEab value<5
C: 5≦ΔEab value<7.5
D: 7.5≦ΔEab value<10
E: 10≦ΔEab value
<保存安定性の評価>
 製造直後の組成物の粘度(初期粘度Aとする)を測定した。粘度を測定した組成物を45℃の恒温槽で72時間保管した後、再度、粘度(保管後粘度Bとする)を測定した。なお、粘度は、組成物の温度を23℃に調整して測定した。そして、以下の計算式から増粘率を算出し、以下の基準で保存安定性を評価した。増粘率が低いほど保存安定性に優れることを意味する。
 増粘率(%)=[(保管後粘度B/初期粘度A)-1]×100。
 A:増粘率が5%以下である
 B:増粘率が5%を超えて、10%以下である
 C:増粘率が10%を超えて、20%以下である
 D:増粘率が20%を超えて、30%以下である
 E:増粘率が30%を超えている
<Evaluation of storage stability>
The viscosity of the composition immediately after production (referred to as initial viscosity A) was measured. After the composition whose viscosity was measured was stored in a constant temperature bath at 45° C. for 72 hours, the viscosity (referred to as viscosity B after storage) was measured again. In addition, the viscosity was measured by adjusting the temperature of the composition to 23°C. Then, the viscosity increase rate was calculated from the following formula, and the storage stability was evaluated based on the following criteria. The lower the thickening rate, the better the storage stability.
Thickening rate (%) = [(viscosity B after storage/initial viscosity A) -1] x 100.
A: The viscosity increase rate is 5% or less B: The viscosity increase rate is more than 5% and 10% or less C: The viscosity increase rate is more than 10% and 20% or less D: The viscosity increase rate is more than 20% and less than 30% E: The thickening rate is more than 30%
 上記表に示すように、実施例は、比較例よりも保存安定性、耐光性および耐熱性の評価が優れていた。 As shown in the table above, the examples had better evaluations of storage stability, light resistance, and heat resistance than the comparative examples.
110:固体撮像素子、111:赤外線カットフィルタ、112:カラーフィルタ、114:赤外線透過フィルタ、115:マイクロレンズ、116:平坦化層 110: solid-state image sensor, 111: infrared cut filter, 112: color filter, 114: infrared transmission filter, 115: microlens, 116: flattening layer

Claims (17)

  1.  赤外線吸収剤と、褪色防止剤と、硬化性化合物とを含み、
     前記赤外線吸収剤は、式(1)で表される化合物を含み、
     前記褪色防止剤は、以下の条件1または条件2を満たすものである、組成物;
     条件1:前記褪色防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種と、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、消光剤および一重項酸素消去剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種とを含む;
     条件2:前記褪色防止剤は、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤および一重項酸素消去剤からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種と、消光剤と、を含む;
     式(1)中、AおよびBは、それぞれ独立して芳香族炭化水素環または芳香族複素環を表す;
     RaおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して置換基を表す;
     m1は0~mAの整数を表し、mAは、RaがAに置換可能な最大の整数を表し、m2は0~mBの整数を表し、mBは、RbがBに置換可能な最大の整数を表す;
     RaとAとは結合して環を形成してもよく、RbとBとは結合して環を形成してもよく、m1が2以上の場合、m1個のRaのうち2個のRa同士が結合して環を形成してもよく、m2が2以上の場合、m2個のRbのうち2個のRb同士が結合して環を形成してもよい;
     YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、アリール基または式(Y-1)で表される基を表す;ただし、YおよびYの少なくとも一方は、フッ素原子を含む;
     -LY1-RY1   ・・・式(Y-1)
     式(Y-1)中、LY1は、-CO-、-CS-、-SO-、-CONH-、-CSNH-または-COO-を表し、RY1は、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表す。
    Contains an infrared absorber, an anti-fading agent, and a curable compound,
    The infrared absorber includes a compound represented by formula (1),
    A composition in which the anti-fading agent satisfies the following conditions 1 or 2;
    Condition 1: The anti-fading agent is at least one selected from the group consisting of a phosphorus antioxidant and a sulfur antioxidant, a phenolic antioxidant, an amine antioxidant, a quencher, and a singlet oxygen scavenger. at least one selected from the group consisting of agents;
    Condition 2: The anti-fading agent contains at least one selected from the group consisting of phenolic antioxidants, amine antioxidants, and singlet oxygen quenchers, and a quencher;
    In formula (1), A and B each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle;
    Ra and Rb each independently represent a substituent;
    m1 represents an integer from 0 to mA, mA represents the maximum integer in which Ra can be replaced by A, m2 represents an integer from 0 to mB, and mB represents the maximum integer in which Rb can be replaced by B. represent;
    Ra and A may be combined to form a ring, Rb and B may be combined to form a ring, and when m1 is 2 or more, two Ras out of m1 Ras may be combined to form a ring, and when m2 is 2 or more, two Rb out of m2 Rb may be combined to form a ring;
    Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a group represented by formula (Y-1); provided that at least one of Y 1 and Y 2 contains a fluorine atom;
    -L Y1 -R Y1 ...Formula (Y-1)
    In formula (Y-1), L Y1 represents -CO-, -CS-, -SO 2 -, -CONH-, -CSNH- or -COO-, and R Y1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. represents a group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  2.  前記式(1)のAおよびBの少なくとも一方が、ベンゼン環、チオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ピリジン環、アズレン環またはこれらの環を含む縮合環である、請求項1に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1, wherein at least one of A and B in the formula (1) is a benzene ring, a thiophene ring, a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyridine ring, an azulene ring, or a fused ring containing these rings. .
  3.  前記式(1)のAおよびBの少なくとも一方が、ベンゼン環またはナフタレン環である、請求項1または2に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein at least one of A and B in the formula (1) is a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring.
  4.  前記式(1)で表される化合物は、式(2-1)または式(2-2)で表される構造を有する、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の組成物;
     式中、波線は式(1)におけるスクアリン酸部位との結合位置を表し、
     Yは、前記式(Y-1)で表される基を表し、
     Rsは、置換基を表し、n1は0~3の整数を表し、n2は0~5の整数を表し、
     Rs11およびRs12は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、
     Rs11とRs12、Rs11とRs、Rs12とRsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the compound represented by formula (1) has a structure represented by formula (2-1) or formula (2-2);
    In the formula, the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1),
    Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1),
    Rs 1 represents a substituent, n1 represents an integer of 0 to 3, n2 represents an integer of 0 to 5,
    Rs 11 and Rs 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group,
    Rs 11 and Rs 12 , Rs 11 and Rs 1 , and Rs 12 and Rs 1 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  5.  前記式(1)で表される化合物は、式(2-1a)、式(2-1b)、式(2-1c)または式(2-1d)で表される構造を有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の組成物;
     式中、波線は式(1)におけるスクアリン酸部位との結合位置を表し、
     Yは、前記式(Y-1)で表される基を表し、
     Rs~Rsは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
     Rs13およびRs14は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表し、
     A1~A4は、それぞれ独立して窒素原子を含む環を表す。
    Claim 1, wherein the compound represented by formula (1) has a structure represented by formula (2-1a), formula (2-1b), formula (2-1c), or formula (2-1d). The composition according to any one of -4;
    In the formula, the wavy line represents the bonding position with the squaric acid moiety in formula (1),
    Y 3 represents a group represented by the above formula (Y-1),
    Rs 2 to Rs 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
    Rs 13 and Rs 14 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group,
    A1 to A4 each independently represent a ring containing a nitrogen atom.
  6.  前記式(1)で表される化合物は、式(1a)で表される化合物である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の組成物;
     式中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して前記式(Y-1)で表される基を表す;ただし、YおよびYの少なくとも一方は、フッ素原子を含む;
     RsおよびRsはそれぞれ独立して置換基を表す;
     n1aおよびn1bはそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表す;
     Rs21~Rs24は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基、アリール基またはヘテロアリール基を表す;
     Rs21とRs22、Rs23とRs24、Rs21とRs、Rs22とRs、Rs23とRs、Rs24とRsは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the compound represented by formula (1) is a compound represented by formula (1a);
    In the formula, Y 4 and Y 5 each independently represent a group represented by the above formula (Y-1); provided that at least one of Y 4 and Y 5 contains a fluorine atom;
    Rs 5 and Rs 6 each independently represent a substituent;
    n1a and n1b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3;
    Rs 21 to Rs 24 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
    Rs 21 and Rs 22 , Rs 23 and Rs 24 , Rs 21 and Rs 5 , Rs 22 and Rs 5 , Rs 23 and Rs 6 , and Rs 24 and Rs 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  7.  前記褪色防止剤の分子量が1170以下である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the anti-fading agent has a molecular weight of 1170 or less.
  8.  前記褪色防止剤は前記条件1を満たすものである、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the anti-fading agent satisfies the condition 1.
  9.  前記硬化性化合物は重合性化合物を含む、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the curable compound includes a polymerizable compound.
  10.  前記重合性化合物はエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物を含む、請求項9に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 9, wherein the polymerizable compound includes a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  11.  前記赤外線吸収剤は、前記式(1)で表される化合物以外の赤外線吸収剤を含有する、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the infrared absorber contains an infrared absorber other than the compound represented by the formula (1).
  12.  請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の組成物を用いて得られる膜。 A film obtained using the composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
  13.  請求項12に記載の膜を含む光学フィルタ。 An optical filter comprising the film according to claim 12.
  14.  請求項12に記載の膜を含む固体撮像素子。 A solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to claim 12.
  15.  請求項12に記載の膜を含む画像表示装置。 An image display device comprising the film according to claim 12.
  16.  請求項12に記載の膜を含む赤外線センサ。 An infrared sensor comprising the film according to claim 12.
  17.  請求項12に記載の膜を含むカメラモジュール。 A camera module comprising the membrane according to claim 12.
PCT/JP2023/007775 2022-03-14 2023-03-02 Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module WO2023176470A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-038879 2022-03-14
JP2022038879 2022-03-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023176470A1 true WO2023176470A1 (en) 2023-09-21

Family

ID=88023624

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/007775 WO2023176470A1 (en) 2022-03-14 2023-03-02 Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202336045A (en)
WO (1) WO2023176470A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017164024A1 (en) * 2016-03-22 2017-09-28 Jsr株式会社 Optical filter and apparatus using optical filter
WO2018221150A1 (en) * 2017-06-02 2018-12-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition, film, near-infrared cut-off filter, solid state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2019065021A1 (en) * 2017-09-28 2019-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2019155770A1 (en) * 2018-02-06 2019-08-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, near-infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging sensor, image display device, and infrared sensor

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017164024A1 (en) * 2016-03-22 2017-09-28 Jsr株式会社 Optical filter and apparatus using optical filter
WO2018221150A1 (en) * 2017-06-02 2018-12-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable composition, film, near-infrared cut-off filter, solid state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2019065021A1 (en) * 2017-09-28 2019-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2019155770A1 (en) * 2018-02-06 2019-08-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, near-infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging sensor, image display device, and infrared sensor

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202336045A (en) 2023-09-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6903143B2 (en) Pattern formation composition, film, infrared cut filter, infrared transmission filter, solid-state image sensor, infrared sensor, and camera module
JP2024009929A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
JP6771675B2 (en) Composition and its manufacturing method, film, optical filter, laminate, solid-state image sensor, image display device, and infrared sensor
JPWO2020059484A1 (en) Compositions, membranes, optical filters, solid-state image sensors, infrared sensors, methods for manufacturing optical filters, camera modules, compounds, and dispersion compositions.
JP2024025792A (en) Infrared absorbing compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, and infrared sensors
WO2022064896A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filer, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound and infrared absorbent
WO2023176470A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module
WO2022168743A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2023176609A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2023182018A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2023162574A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2024024508A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, infrared radiation sensor, and method for producing camera module
JPWO2020059483A1 (en) Compositions, membranes, optical filters, solid-state image sensors, infrared sensors, methods for manufacturing optical filters, camera modules, compounds, and dispersion compositions.
WO2020004114A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2022191044A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound, and infrared absorbing agent
WO2023286582A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2023042605A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2023145699A1 (en) Infrared absorbing composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module
WO2023054215A1 (en) Structure, manufacturing method for structure, solid state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2023145700A1 (en) Infrared absorbing composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module
WO2023162791A1 (en) Infrared absorbing composition, infrared absorber, film, optical filter and solid-state imaging element
WO2022131191A1 (en) Composition, membrane, optical filter, solid image pickup element, image display apparatus, and infrared ray sensor
WO2023219010A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2024057998A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound, and infrared absorbing agent
WO2023054143A1 (en) Curable composition, cured film, pattern forming method, near infrared cut-off filter, solid image pickup element, image display apparatus, and infrared sensor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23770428

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1